採石磯 Caishiji

。”Fine writing is cursed with an unlucky fate; goblins and demons delight in men's transgressions.

文章
wén zhāng — 1. article 2. essay 3. literary works 4. writings 5. hidden meaning 6. classifier: 篇 (piān), 段 (duàn), 頁 (yè) (HSK 3)
zēng — to detest
mìng — 1. life 2. fate 3. order or command 4. to assign a name, title etc (HSK 6)
Dá — surname Da
魑魅
chī mèi — spirits and devils (usually harmful); demons
喜人
xǐ rén — pleasing; gratifying
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)

“文章憎命达,魑魅喜人过。”

—— — Du Fu

Dù — surname Du
fǔ — 1. (classical) barely 2. just 3. just now

Huang Zhongze, who had been highly strung since childhood, had still not managed to change his proud, aloof, and suspicious nature now that he was twenty-three.He was by nature a man who acted on impulse and would die for a passion — whenever his emotions were roused, whether or not the words were fit to be spoken, his face would flush red, his voice would rise, and unable to hold himself back, he would blurt them straight out.If the person listening showed any resistance to what he said, or revealed in a smile or a glance the least sign of disagreement, he would argue back with all his might;and as it went on, his glossy black eyes would always open very wide, as though sparks might fly out of them.If at such a moment someone came forward to say a few words in agreement with him, he would be so delighted that he would leap up in excitement, and in his big black eyes two pools of clear water would well up and shimmer; carried a step further, tears of gratitude would run down his thin, gaunt cheeks.

自小
zì xiǎo — since childhood; from a young age
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
神經過敏
shén jīng guò mǐn — 1. jumpy 2. nervous 3. oversensitive
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
二十
èr shí — twenty; 20
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
gǎi — 1. to change 2. to alter 3. to transform 4. to correct (HSK 2)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
孤傲
gū ào — proud and aloof
多疑
duō yí — mistrustful; suspicious; paranoid
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
性質
xìng zhì — 1. nature 2. characteristic 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
本來
běn lái — 1. original 2. originally 3. at first 4. it goes without saying 5. of course (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
負氣
fù qì — 1. in a pique 2. sulky 3. cross
殉情
xùn qíng — 1. to die together in the name of love 2. to sacrifice oneself for love
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
每逢
měi féng — 1. every time 2. on each occasion 3. whenever (HSK 7-9)
興致
xìng zhì — 1. mood 2. spirits 3. interest (HSK 7-9)
激發
jī fā — 1. to arouse 2. to stimulate 3. (physics) to excite (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
不論
bù lùn — 1. whatever 2. no matter what (who, how etc) 3. regardless of 4. not to discuss (HSK 3)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
不得
bù dé — 1. must not 2. may not 3. not to be allowed 4. cannot
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
漲紅
zhàng hóng — 1. to turn red (in the face) 2. to flush (with embarrassment or anger)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎn — 1. face 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
放大
fàng dà — 1. to enlarge 2. to magnify (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
喉嚨
hóu lóng — the throat (HSK 7-9)
yì — 1. to restrain 2. to restrict 3. to keep down 4. or
liú — 1. to leave (a message etc) 2. to retain 3. to stay 4. to remain 5. to keep 6. to preserve (HSK 2)
不住
bù zhù — 1. (verb complement) unable to firmly or securely (grasp, recall etc) 2. repeatedly; continuously; constantly
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Zhí — 1. surname Zhi 2. Zhi (c. 2000 BC), fifth of the legendary Flame Emperors 炎帝 (Yán dì) descended from Shennong 神農 (Shén nóng) Farmer God (HSK 3)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
聽話
tīng huà — 1. to do what one is told 2. obedient (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
反抗
fǎn kàng — 1. to resist 2. to rebel (HSK 6)
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
笑容
xiào róng — 1. smile 2. smiling expression 3. classifier: 副 (fù) (HSK 6)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
或是
huò shì — 1. or 2. either one or the other (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
眼光
yǎn guāng — 1. gaze 2. insight 3. foresight 4. vision 5. way of looking at things (HSK 5)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
表示
biǎo shì — 1. (of sb) to express; to state; to show 2. (of sth) to indicate; to signify; to show 3. expression; manifestation (HSK 2)
一些
yī xiē — some; a few; a little; (following an adjective) slightly ...er (HSK 1)
不贊成
bù zàn chéng — 1. disapproval 2. to disapprove
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
意思
yì si — 1. idea 2. opinion 3. meaning 4. wish 5. desire 6. interest 7. fun 8. token of appreciation, affection etc 9. classifier: 個 (gè) 10. to give as a small token 11. to do sth as a gesture of goodwill etc (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
拚命
pàn mìng — see 拼命 (pīn mìng)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
辯駁
biàn bó — 1. to dispute 2. to refute
講到
jiǎng dào — to talk about sth
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Shuāng — surname Shuang (HSK 3)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
晶晶
jīng jīng — 1. glistening 2. gleaming 3. lustrous
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
lǎo — 1. prefix used before the surname of a person or a numeral indicating the order of birth of the children in a family or to indicate affection or familiarity 2. old (of people) 3. venerable (person) 4. experienced 5. of long standing 6. always 7. all the time 8. of the past 9. very 10. outdated 11. (of meat etc) tough (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
火星
Huǒ xīng — Mars (planet)
飛出
fēi chū — to fly out
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
有人
yǒu rén — 1. someone 2. people 3. anyone 4. there is someone there 5. occupied (as in restroom) (HSK 2)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
迎合
yíng hé — 1. to cater to 2. to pander to (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
bì — 1. certainly 2. must 3. will 4. necessarily (HSK 5)
喜歡
xǐ huan — to like; to be fond of (HSK 1)
得要
děi yào — 1. to need 2. must
fèn — to exert oneself (bound form)
身高
shēn gāo — (a person's) height (HSK 4)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Shuāng — surname Shuang (HSK 3)
Hēi — short name for Heilongjiang 黑龍江 (Hēi lóng jiāng) (HSK 2)
而且
ér qiě — 1. (not only ...) but also 2. moreover; in addition; furthermore (HSK 2)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bì — 1. certainly 2. must 3. will 4. necessarily (HSK 5)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
hóng — 1. clear 2. vast and deep 3. classifier for a body of clear water
清水
Qīng shuǐ — 1. see 清水縣 (Qīng shuǐ Xiàn) 2. Shimizu (Japanese surname and place name)
yǒng — to well up; to gush forth; to surge (HSK 7-9)
yàng — 1. to overflow 2. to ripple 3. used in place names 4. see 漾濞 (Yàng bì)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
進一步
jìn yī bù — 1. to go a step further 2. (develop, understand, improve etc) more; further (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
清瘦
qīng shòu — meager
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiá — cheeks
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
感激
gǎn jī — 1. to be grateful 2. to appreciate 3. thankful (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼淚
yǎn lèi — 1. tear; teardrop 2. classifier: 滴 (dī) (HSK 4)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
下來
xià lai — 1. to come down 2. (completed action marker) 3. (after verb of motion, indicates motion down and towards us, also fig.) 4. (indicates continuation from the past towards us) 5. to be harvested (of crops) 6. to be over (of a period of time) 7. to go among the masses (said of leaders) (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

自小就神经过敏的黄仲则,到了二十三岁的现在,也改不过他的孤傲多疑的性质来。他本来是一个负气殉情的人,每逢兴致激发的时候,不论讲得讲不得的话,都涨红了脸,放大了喉咙,抑留不住的直讲出来。听话的人,若对他的话有些反抗,或是在笑容上,或是在眼光上,表示一些不赞成他的意思的时候,他便要拼命的辩驳;讲到后来他那双黑晶晶的眼睛老会张得很大,好像会有火星飞出来的样子。这时候若有人出来说几句迎合他的话,那他必喜欢得要奋身高跳,他那双黑而且大的眼睛里也必有两泓清水涌漾出来,再进一步,他的清瘦的颊上就会有感激的眼泪流下来了。

After venting himself like this once, he would always keep silent for three or four days, and no matter who spoke to him, he would shut his mouth and give no answer.During these spells of silence, there were times when he shut himself alone in his room, sitting motionless in the west chamber of Shouchun Garden, northeast of the Education Commissioner's yamen;there were times when, his face pale, he went alone outside Qingyuan Gate to walk by himself on the Huaigu Terrace at Shenyun Hall;and there were times when he ran off to drink himself senseless at a little tavern beside Gushu Creek outside the south gate.Yet during these periods, though he said nothing to others, he would always be muttering to himself alone in low tones, as if discussing something.Wherever he went alone during this time, he might softly recite lines of poetry or prose, or chuckle to himself, or gaze up at the sky and sigh — he seemed altogether too busy to have a free moment.But the moment he caught sight of someone, his big vacant eyes would lift and glance at you once, and the expression on his face would turn as blank as a wooden puppet's — anyone who met him at such a time was invariably startled into backing away.

xiàng — 1. to resemble 2. to be like 3. to look as if 4. such as 5. appearance 6. image 7. portrait 8. image under a mapping (math.) (HSK 2)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
發洩
fā xiè — to give vent to (one's feelings) (HSK 7-9)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
總有
zǒng yǒu — inevitably there will be
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. to guard 2. to defend 3. to keep watch 4. to abide by the law 5. to observe (rules or ritual) 6. nearby 7. adjoining (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
沉默
chén mò — 1. taciturn 2. uncommunicative 3. silent (HSK 4)
無論何人
wú lùn hé rén — whoever
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
說話
shuō huà — 1. to speak 2. to say 3. to talk 4. to gossip 5. to tell stories 6. talk 7. word (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
總是
zǒng shì — always (HSK 3)
jìn — 1. unable to speak 2. silent
kǒu — 1. mouth 2. classifier for things with mouths (people, domestic animals, cannons, wells etc) 3. classifier for bites or mouthfuls (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
回答
huí dá — 1. to reply; to answer 2. reply; answer (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
沉默
chén mò — 1. taciturn 2. uncommunicative 3. silent (HSK 4)
期間
qī jiān — 1. period of time 2. time 3. time period 4. period 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
nèi — 1. inside 2. inner 3. internal 4. within 5. interior (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
關上
guān shàng — 1. to close (a door) 2. to turn off (light, electrical equipment etc) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
房門
fáng mén — door of a room
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
東北
Dōng běi — Northeast China; Manchuria (HSK 2)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shòu — surname Shou
Chūn — surname Chun
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
Shì — surname Shi (HSK 3)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
Wù — surname Wu
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
Qīng — short name for Qinghai 青海 (Qīng hǎi) (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎn — 1. face 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Qīng — 1. Qing (Wade-Giles: Ch'ing) dynasty of China (1644–1911) 2. surname Qing (HSK 6)
yuán — 1. root 2. source 3. origin
門外
mén wài — outside the door
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shēn — (lit. and fig.) deep (HSK 3)
Yún — 1. surname Yun 2. short name for Yunnan 雲南 (Yún nán) (HSK 2)
guǎn — 1. building 2. shop 3. term for certain service establishments 4. embassy or consulate 5. schoolroom (old) 6. classifier: 家 (jiā)
懷古
huái gǔ — 1. to recall the past 2. to cherish the memory of past events 3. to reminisce 4. nostalgic
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
獨步
dú bù — 1. lit. walking alone 2. prominent 3. unrivalled 4. outstanding
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
páo — (of an animal) to paw (the ground) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
Nán — surname Nan (HSK 1)
門外
mén wài — outside the door
gū — 1. paternal aunt 2. husband's sister 3. husband's mother (old) 4. nun 5. for the time being (literary)
shú — 1. ripe; mature 2. thoroughly cooked; done 3. familiar; acquainted 4. experienced; skilled 5. (of sleep etc) deep; profound 6. also pr. (shóu) (HSK 2)
xī — 1. creek 2. rivulet
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
小酒館
xiǎo jiǔ guǎn — bistro
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
痛飲
tòng yǐn — to drink one's fill
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
在這期間
zài zhè qī jiān — 1. during time 2. in this time
nèi — 1. inside 2. inner 3. internal 4. within 5. interior (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
suī — 1. although 2. even though (HSK 6)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
說話
shuō huà — 1. to speak 2. to say 3. to talk 4. to gossip 5. to tell stories 6. talk 7. word (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
自家
zì jiā — 1. oneself 2. one's own family
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
lǎo — 1. prefix used before the surname of a person or a numeral indicating the order of birth of the children in a family or to indicate affection or familiarity 2. old (of people) 3. venerable (person) 4. experienced 5. of long standing 6. always 7. all the time 8. of the past 9. very 10. outdated 11. (of meat etc) tough (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
幽幽
yōu yōu — 1. faint 2. indistinct
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
講論
jiǎng lùn — to discuss
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
中間
zhōng jiān — 1. the middle; the inside 2. in the middle; within; between; among 3. during; in the meantime (HSK 1)
無論
wú lùn — 1. no matter what or how 2. regardless of whether... (HSK 4)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
什麼地方
shén me dì fang — 1. somewhere 2. someplace 3. where
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
有時
yǒu shí — 1. sometimes 2. now and then (HSK 1)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
輕輕
qīng qīng — lightly; softly
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
吟誦
yín sòng — 1. to read aloud 2. to recite rhythmically 3. to chant 4. to intone (esp. poems in rhythm)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
Wén — surname Wen (HSK 7-9)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
有時
yǒu shí — 1. sometimes 2. now and then (HSK 1)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
自家
zì jiā — 1. oneself 2. one's own family
xī — 1. laugh 2. giggle 3. (interjection expressing admiration, surprise etc)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
xī — 1. laugh 2. giggle 3. (interjection expressing admiration, surprise etc)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
有時
yǒu shí — 1. sometimes 2. now and then (HSK 1)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
天空
tiān kōng — sky (HSK 3)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
嘆惜
tàn xī — sigh of regret
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
máng — 1. busy 2. hurriedly 3. to hurry 4. to rush (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
不得
bù dé — 1. must not 2. may not 3. not to be allowed 4. cannot
開交
kāi jiāo — 1. (used with negative) to conclude 2. (impossible) to end 3. (can't) finish
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Shuāng — surname Shuang (HSK 3)
dāi — 1. foolish; stupid 2. expressionless; blank 3. variant of 待 (dāi) (HSK 5)
dāi — 1. foolish; stupid 2. expressionless; blank 3. variant of 待 (dāi) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
yǎn — 1. eye (classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng)) 2. (often used with 一 (yī)) a look; a glance 3. small hole 4. (bound form) salient point 5. classifier for wells, cave-dwellings etc (HSK 2)
舉起
jǔ qǐ — 1. to heave 2. to lift 3. to raise up 4. to uphold
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
一眼
yī yǎn — 1. a glance 2. a quick look 3. a glimpse (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
liǎn — 1. face 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
表情
biǎo qíng — 1. (facial) expression 2. to express one's feelings (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
變得
biàn de — to become
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
毫無
háo wú — 1. not in the least 2. to completely lack (HSK 7-9)
感覺
gǎn jué — 1. feeling; impression; sensation 2. to feel; to perceive (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
木偶
mù ǒu — puppet (HSK 7-9)
一樣
yī yàng — 1. same 2. like 3. equal to 4. the same as 5. just like (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
Yù — surname Yu (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
hài — 1. to astonish 2. to startle 3. to hack (computing, loanword)
退
tuì — 1. to retreat; to withdraw 2. to reject; to return (sth) 3. to decline (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

像这样的发泄一回之后,他总有三四天守著沉默,无论何人对他说话,他总是噤口不作回答的。在这沉默期间内,他也有一个人关上了房门,在那学使衙门东北边的寿春园西室里兀坐的时候;也有青了脸,一个人上清源门外的深云馆怀古台去独步的时候;也有跑到南门外姑熟溪边上的一家小酒馆去痛饮的时候。不过在这期间内他对人虽不说话,对自家却总一个人老在幽幽的好像讲论什么似的。他一个人,在这中间,无论上什么地方去,有时或轻轻的吟诵著诗或文句,有时或对自家嘻笑嘻笑,有时或望著了天空而作叹惜,竟似忙得不得开交的样子。但是一见著人,他那双呆呆的大眼,举起来看你一眼,他脸上的表情就会变得同毫无感觉的木偶一样,人在这时候遇著他,总没有一个不被他骇退的。

Zhu Sihe, the Education Commissioner, though very fond of him, was too burdened with official business to come and cheer him up during these silent, gloomy spells.At such times, among the forty or fifty people in the Commissioner's retinue, the only one who dared approach him and go into his room to exchange a few words was his fellow townsman, Hong Zhicun.Hong Zhicun, who had studied with him since childhood and came from the same town, understood his temperament well.Whenever he saw him arguing with others and worked up past all bearing, Zhicun was always willing to step in and speak up on his behalf, and so Zhongze cherished and respected him even more than his own brothers.Knowing his temper, Zhicun would deliberately keep his distance during the first day or two of one of his silences.If they happened to meet by chance on the main path he used to come and go, Zhicun would put on a look of gloom to match his and simply nod to him silently before passing on.Only after the silence had lasted a day or two, and Zhicun had secretly observed that he seemed to have finished several poems, or seemed to have already drunk himself drunk once at some tavern in town, or had had a good cry alone in the cold, lonely hills outside the city — only then would Zhicun, whether at midnight or at dawn, dare to walk slowly into his room, and there vie with him in reciting the Li Sao, or discuss and criticize the miscellaneous poems of Han Changli and Li Taibai; and in this way his vow of silence would at last be broken.

xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
Zhū — surname Zhu
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
雖則
suī zé — 1. nevertheless 2. although
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
愛惜
ài xī — 1. to cherish 2. to treasure 3. to use sparingly (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
事務
shì wù — 1. (political, economic etc) affairs 2. work 3. transaction (as in a computer database) (HSK 7-9)
fán — 1. to feel vexed 2. to bother 3. to trouble 4. superfluous and confusing 5. edgy (HSK 4)
máng — 1. busy 2. hurriedly 3. to hurry 4. to rush (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
緣故
yuán gù — 1. reason 2. cause (HSK 6)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
沉默
chén mò — 1. taciturn 2. uncommunicative 3. silent (HSK 4)
yōu — 1. remote 2. hidden away 3. secluded 4. serene 5. peaceful 6. to imprison 7. in superstition indicates the underworld 8. ancient district spanning Liaonang and Hebei provinces
Yù — surname Yu
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
解悶
jiě mèn — 1. to relieve boredom or melancholy 2. a diversion
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
左右
zuǒ yòu — 1. left and right 2. nearby 3. approximately 4. attendant 5. to control 6. to influence (HSK 3)
上下
shàng xià — 1. the top and bottom of sth 2. the full vertical extent of sth; from top to bottom 3. to go up and down 4. before and after (as in 上下文 (shàng xià wén) "context") 5. (used after a quantity) approximately; ... or so 6. (in a social hierarchy) the high and the low; seniors and juniors (as in 上下和睦 (shàng xià hé mù) "harmony between superiors and subordinates") 7. all members of a group (as in 舉國上下 (jǔ guó shàng xià) "the entire nation") 8. relative superiority (as in 不相上下 (bù xiāng shàng xià) "evenly matched") (HSK 5)
sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)
五十
wǔ shí — fifty
人中
rén zhōng — 1. philtrum 2. infranasal depression 3. the "human center" acupuncture point
jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
接近
jiē jìn — to approach; to get close to (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to advance 3. to go in 4. to enter 5. to put in 6. to submit 7. to take in 8. to admit 9. (math.) base of a number system 10. classifier for sections in a building or residential compound (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Tán — surname Tan (HSK 3)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
只有
zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
同鄉
tóng xiāng — person from the same village, town, or province
Hóng — surname Hong
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
自小
zì xiǎo — since childhood; from a young age
同學
tóng xué — 1. to study at the same school 2. fellow student 3. classmate 4. classifier: 位 (wèi), 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
同鄉
tóng xiāng — person from the same village, town, or province
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
瞭解
liǎo jiě — 1. to understand 2. to realize 3. to find out (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
性格
xìng gé — 1. nature 2. disposition 3. temperament 4. character 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Lún — abbr. for 論語 (Lún yǔ), The Analects (of Confucius)
biàn — 1. to dispute 2. to debate 3. to argue 4. to discuss (HSK 7-9)
憤激
fèn jī — 1. indignant 2. outraged
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
不堪
bù kān — 1. cannot bear 2. cannot stand 3. utterly 4. extremely (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
měi — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
kěn — 1. to agree; to consent 2. to be willing to (HSK 6)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
自家
zì jiā — 1. oneself 2. one's own family
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
弟兄
dì xiong — 1. brothers 2. comrade
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
敬愛
jìng ài — to respect and love; to hold in high esteem (HSK 7-9)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
知道
zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
脾氣
pí qi — 1. character; temperament; disposition 2. bad temper 3. classifier: 股 (gǔ) (HSK 5)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
沉默
chén mò — 1. taciturn 2. uncommunicative 3. silent (HSK 4)
起頭
qǐ tóu — 1. to start 2. at first 3. beginning
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
故意
gù yì — deliberately; on purpose (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
jìn — 1. near 2. close to 3. approximately (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shēn — 1. body 2. life 3. oneself 4. personally 5. one's morality and conduct 6. the main part of a structure or body 7. pregnant 8. classifier for sets of clothes: suit, twinset 9. Kangxi radical 158
有時
yǒu shí — 1. sometimes 2. now and then (HSK 1)
偶然
ǒu rán — 1. incidentally 2. occasional 3. occasionally 4. by chance 5. randomly (HSK 5)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
出入
chū rù — 1. to go out and come in 2. entrance and exit 3. expenditure and income 4. discrepancy 5. inconsistent (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
要路
yào lù — 1. important road 2. main thoroughfare 3. fig. key position
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Yù — surname Yu (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
裝成
zhuāng chéng — to pretend
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
fù — 1. secondary 2. auxiliary 3. deputy 4. assistant 5. vice- 6. abbr. for 副詞 adverb 7. classifier for pairs, sets of things & facial expressions (HSK 6)
yōu — 1. remote 2. hidden away 3. secluded 4. serene 5. peaceful 6. to imprison 7. in superstition indicates the underworld 8. ancient district spanning Liaonang and Hebei provinces
Yù — surname Yu
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
默默
mò mò — in silence; not speaking (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
diǎn — 1. to touch briefly; to tap 2. to mark with a dot; to check off (on a list) 3. to order (food etc); to select 4. to mention; to bring up (a topic or person) 5. to hint at; to imply 6. to administer (eye medicine etc) in drops 7. to light (a fire, a lamp etc); to ignite 8. to nod (one's head) in agreement; to beckon by moving (one's hand) up and down 9. point; dot; spot; speck 10. dot stroke in Chinese characters 11. (math.) decimal point 12. point in time or space 13. (after a number) o'clock 14. a small amount; a bit; (after a verb or adjective) a bit more 15. classifier for small amounts (HSK 1)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
過去
guò qù — 1. (in the) past; former; previous 2. to go over; to pass by (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
dāi — to stay; to remain (HSK 5)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
沉默
chén mò — 1. taciturn 2. uncommunicative 3. silent (HSK 4)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
暗地裡
àn dì li — secretly; inwardly; on the sly (HSK 7-9)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
或者
huò zhě — 1. or 2. possibly; maybe; perhaps (HSK 2)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. market 2. city 3. municipality (administrative unit) 4. (literary) to trade; to buy and sell goods (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
酒肆
jiǔ sì — 1. wine shop 2. liquor store 3. bottle shop 4. bar 5. pub
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一次
yī cì — 1. first 2. first time 3. once 4. (math.) linear (of degree one)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
城外
chéng wài — outside of a city
gū — 1. lone 2. lonely
Lěng — surname Leng (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
山林
shān lín — wooded mountain; mountain forest
jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)
痛哭
tòng kū — to cry bitterly
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. threshing floor 2. classifier for events and happenings: spell, episode, bout (HSK 2)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
半夜
bàn yè — 1. midnight 2. in the middle of the night (HSK 2)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
清晨
qīng chén — early morning (HSK 5)
Fāng — surname Fang (HSK 4)
gǎn — 1. to dare 2. daring 3. (polite) may I venture (HSK 3)
慢慢
màn màn — slowly; gradually (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhēng — 1. to strive for 2. to vie for 3. to argue or debate 4. deficient or lacking (dialect) 5. how or what (literary) (HSK 3)
sòng — 1. to read aloud 2. to recite
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)
離騷
Lí Sāo — On Encountering Sorrow, poem by Qu Yuan 屈原 (Qū Yuán) in Songs of Chu 楚辭 (Chǔ cí)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
批評
pī píng — 1. to criticize; criticism 2. classifier: 次 (cì), 番 (fān) (HSK 3)
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)
Hán — 1. Han, one of the Seven Hero States of the Warring States 戰國七雄 2. Korea from the fall of the Joseon dynasty in 1897 3. Korea, esp. South Korea 大韓民國 4. surname Han
昌黎
Chāng lí — see 昌黎縣 (Chāng lí Xiàn)
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zá — 1. mixed 2. miscellaneous 3. various 4. to mix (HSK 6)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
沉默
chén mò — 1. taciturn 2. uncommunicative 3. silent (HSK 4)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
jiè — 1. to guard against 2. to exhort 3. to admonish or warn 4. to give up or stop doing sth 5. Buddhist monastic discipline 6. ring (for a finger) (HSK 5)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
因此
yīn cǐ — thus; consequently; as a result (HSK 3)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
pò — 1. broken 2. damaged 3. worn out 4. lousy 5. rotten 6. to break, split or cleave 7. to get rid of 8. to destroy 9. to break with 10. to defeat 11. to capture (a city etc) 12. to expose the truth of (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

学使朱笥河,虽则非常爱惜他,但因为事务烦忙的缘故,所以当他沉默幽郁的时候,也不能来为他解闷。当这时候,学使左右上下四五十人中间,敢接近他,进到他房里去与他谈几句话的,只有一个他的同乡洪稚存。与他自小同学,又是同乡的洪稚存,很了解他的性格。见他与人论辩,愤激得不堪的时候,每肯出来为他说这句话,所以他对稚存比自家的弟兄还要敬爱。稚存知道他的脾气,当他沉默起头的一两天,故意的不去近他的身。有时偶然同他在出入的要路上遇著的时候,稚存也只装成一副幽郁的样子,不过默默的对他点一点头就过去了。待他沉默过了一两天,暗地里看他好像有几首诗做好,或者看他好像已经在市上酒肆里醉过了一次,或在城外孤冷的山林间痛哭了一场之后,稚存或在半夜或在清晨,方敢慢慢的走到他的房里去,与他争诵些《离骚》或批评些韩昌黎李太白的杂诗,他的沉默之戒也就能因此而破了。

His colleagues in the Commissioner's yamen, though behind his back they called him "Mad Huang," were every one of them quite afraid of him to his face.This was partly because he was the honored guest most cherished by Commissioner Zhu, and partly because his habits ran too deep — when criticizing other men's writing he gave no thought to whether they could bear it, but simply followed his own nature, speaking his mind and scolding wildly.

xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
同事
tóng shì — colleague; co-worker (HSK 2)
men — plural marker for pronouns, and nouns referring to individuals
背後
bèi hòu — 1. behind 2. at the back 3. in the rear 4. behind sb's back (HSK 3)
suī — 1. although 2. even though (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
瘋子
fēng zi — 1. madman 2. lunatic (HSK 7-9)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
個個
gè gè — each one individually; each and every
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
一則
yī zé — on the one hand
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
Zhū — surname Zhu
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
zuì — 1. (before an adjective or verb) to the highest degree; (the) most ...; -est 2. (after 之 (zhī)) best or most extreme example (e.g. 世界之最 (shì jiè zhī zuì) "the greatest in the world") (HSK 1)
鍾愛
zhōng ài — 1. to treasure 2. to be very fond of
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
kè — 1. customer; visitor; guest 2. classifier for servings or portions (when ordering food)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
習氣
xí qì — custom; practice (usu. a regrettable one)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
shēn — (lit. and fig.) deep (HSK 3)
批評
pī píng — 1. to criticize; criticism 2. classifier: 次 (cì), 番 (fān) (HSK 3)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
文字
wén zì — 1. character 2. script 3. writing 4. written language 5. writing style 6. phraseology 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
不顧
bù gù — in spite of; regardless of (HSK 5)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
得起
de qǐ — (verb complement indicating ability to afford or bear the cost or consequences of doing sth)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
曉得
xiǎo de — to know (HSK 6)
shùn — 1. to obey 2. to follow 3. to arrange 4. to make reasonable 5. along 6. favorable (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
自家
zì jiā — 1. oneself 2. one's own family
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
性格
xìng gé — 1. nature 2. disposition 3. temperament 4. character 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
直言
zhí yán — 1. to speak forthrightly 2. to talk bluntly
luàn — 1. in confusion or disorder 2. in a confused state of mind 3. disorder 4. upheaval 5. riot 6. illicit sexual relations 7. to throw into disorder 8. to mix up 9. indiscriminate 10. random 11. arbitrary (HSK 3)
mà — 1. to scold 2. to abuse 3. to curse 4. classifier: 通 (tòng), 頓 (dùn) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
緣故
yuán gù — 1. reason 2. cause (HSK 6)

学使衙门里的同事们,背后虽在叫他作黄疯子,但当他的面,却个个怕他得很。一则因为他是学使朱公最钟爱的上客,二则也因为他习气太深,批评人家的文字,不顾人下得起下不起,只晓得顺了自家的性格,直言乱骂的缘故。

He had now followed Commissioner Zhu Sihe, the Provincial Director of Education, to Taiping for the better part of a year, yet apart from Hong Zhicun and Commissioner Zhu, there was not a single third person who could hold half an hour's conversation with him.Of all who had ever met him once, those who understood him said only that he relied on his talent to be arrogant toward others, and was not a man one could befriend;those who did not understand him said flatly that he had no learning whatsoever, and simply relied on Commissioner Zhu's authority to indulge his temper.His reputation and his friends grew fewer year by year, while the melancholy he had carried since childhood grew deeper year by year instead.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
gēn — 1. heel 2. to follow closely 3. to go with 4. (of a woman) to marry sb 5. with 6. compared with 7. to 8. towards 9. and (joining two nouns) (HSK 1)
提督
tí dū — 1. the local commander 2. provincial governor (in Qing and Ming times)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
zhèng — 1. political 2. politics 3. government
Zhū — surname Zhu
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
太平
Tài píng — see 太平區 (Tài píng Qū) (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
大半
dà bàn — 1. more than half 2. greater part 3. most 4. probably 5. most likely
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
除了
chú le — 1. apart from; besides; in addition to (used to exclude, as in 除了他,誰也沒來 (chú le tā, shéi yě méi lái) "apart from him, nobody came", or to include, as in 除了英語,他也會法語 (chú le Yīng yǔ, tā yě huì Fǎ yǔ) "in addition to English, he also knows French") 2. (used to introduce one of two habitual alternatives in the pattern 除了 (chú le) + A + 就是 (jiù shì) + B, "either A or B") (HSK 3)
Hóng — surname Hong
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
Zhū — surname Zhu
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
dì — 1. (prefix indicating ordinal number, as in 第六 (dì liù) "sixth") 2. (literary) grades in which successful candidates in the imperial examinations were placed 3. (old) residence of a high official 4. (literary) but; however 5. (literary) only; just
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
個人
gè rén — an individual; oneself; (attributive) personal; one's own (HSK 3)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
上半
shàng bàn — first half
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
鐘頭
zhōng tóu — (coll.) hour (HSK 6)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
fán — 1. ordinary 2. commonplace 3. mundane 4. temporal 5. of the material world (as opposed to supernatural or immortal levels) 6. every 7. all 8. whatever 9. altogether 10. gist 11. outline 12. note of Chinese musical scale (HSK 7-9)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
一面
yī miàn — 1. one side 2. one aspect 3. simultaneously... (and...) 4. one's whole face (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
瞭解
liǎo jiě — 1. to understand 2. to realize 3. to find out (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
恃才傲物
shì cái ào wù — (idiom) to be inordinately proud of one's ability; to be conceited and contemptuous
不可
bù kě — cannot; should not; must not
dìng — 1. to agree 2. to conclude 3. to draw up 4. to subscribe to (a newspaper etc) 5. to order (HSK 3)
jiāo — 1. to hand over; to deliver; to pay (money); to turn over 2. to make friends 3. (of lines) to intersect 4. variant of 跤 (jiāo) (HSK 2)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
瞭解
liǎo jiě — 1. to understand 2. to realize 3. to find out (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
簡直
jiǎn zhí — simply; really (HSK 3)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
一點兒
yī diǎn r — erhua variant of 一點 (yī diǎn) (HSK 1)
學問
xué wèn — 1. learning; knowledge; scholarship 2. a body of specialized knowledge (classifier: 門 (mén)); (fig.) any activity that demands expertise, skill or experience (e.g. gathering forensic evidence, selecting clothing, managing relationships) (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
zhàng — 1. weaponry 2. to hold (a weapon) 3. to wield 4. to rely on 5. to depend on 6. war 7. battle
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Zhū — surname Zhu
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
威勢
wēi shì — 1. might 2. power and influence
ài — 1. to love; to be fond of; to like 2. affection 3. to be inclined (to do sth); to tend to (happen) (HSK 1)
發脾氣
fā pí qì — to lose one's temper; to fly into a rage; to throw a tantrum (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
聲譽
shēng yù — 1. reputation 2. fame (HSK 7-9)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
朋友
péng you — 1. friend 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shǎo — 1. few 2. less 3. to lack 4. to be missing 5. to stop (doing sth) 6. seldom (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
下去
xià qù — 1. to go down 2. to descend 3. to go on 4. to continue 5. (of a servant) to withdraw (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
自小
zì xiǎo — since childhood; from a young age
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
有的
yǒu de — 1. (there are) some (who are...) 2. some (exist) (HSK 1)
憂鬱症
yōu yù zhèng — (psychology) depression
fǎn — 1. contrary 2. in reverse 3. inside out or upside down 4. to reverse 5. to return 6. to oppose 7. opposite 8. against 9. anti- 10. to rebel 11. to use analogy 12. instead 13. abbr. for 反切 (fǎn qiè) phonetic system (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shēn — (lit. and fig.) deep (HSK 3)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他跟提督学政朱笥河公到太平,也有大半年了,但是除了洪稚存朱公二人而外,竟没有一个第三个人能同他讲得上半个钟头的话。凡与他见过一面的人,能了解他的,只说他恃才傲物,不可订交;不能了解他的,简直说他一点儿学问也没有,只仗著了朱公的威势爱发脾气。他的声誉和朋友,一年一年的少了下去,他的自小就有的忧郁症,反一年一年的深起来了。

Autumn of the thirty-sixth year of Qianlong had now grown late.In the city of Taiping Prefecture, on the south bank of the Yangtze, a cold north wind was already blowing, and the willows, parasol trees, elms, and other assorted trees in the garden west of the Commissioner's yamen had all taken on a pale goose-yellow tint.Among the wild grass in the corner of the garden, on nights when the autumn moon hung bright and clear, even the mournful chirring of the autumn insects seemed to be growing gradually fainter.

乾隆
Qián lóng — 1. the Qianlong era 2. Qianlong Emperor (1711–1799), sixth Qing emperor, princely title 寶親王 (Bǎo Qīn wáng), personal name 弘曆 (Hóng lì), reigned 1735–1799
三十
sān shí — 1. thirty 2. 30
liù — 1. six 2. 6 (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Qiū — surname Qiu
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
shēn — (lit. and fig.) deep (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
長江
Cháng Jiāng — Yangtze River, or Chang Jiang
南岸
Nán àn — see 南岸區 (Nán àn Qū)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
太平
Tài píng — see 太平區 (Tài píng Qū) (HSK 7-9)
府城
fǔ chéng — 1. capital of 府 prefecture (from Tang to Qing times) 2. prefectural seat
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
chuī — 1. to blow 2. to play a wind instrument 3. to blast 4. to puff 5. to boast 6. to brag 7. to end in failure 8. to fall through (HSK 2)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
Liáng — the five Liang of the Sixteen Kingdoms, namely: Former Liang 前涼 (314-376), Later Liang 後涼 (386-403), Northern Liang 北涼 (398-439), Southern Liang 南涼 (Nán Liáng) (397-414), Western Liang 西涼 (400-421) (HSK 2)
Lěng — surname Leng (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
北風
běi fēng — north wind
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
西面
xī miàn — 1. west side 2. west
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
楊柳
yáng liǔ — 1. willow tree 2. poplar and willow 3. name of traditional tune
梧桐
wú tóng — 1. wutong (Firmiana platanifolia) 2. Chinese parasol tree
榆樹
Yú shù — see 榆樹市 (Yú shù Shì)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
zá — 1. mixed 2. miscellaneous 3. various 4. to mix (HSK 6)
shù — 1. tree 2. classifier: 棵 (kē) 3. to cultivate 4. to set up (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
é — 1. goose 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī) (HSK 7-9)
Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. insipid 2. diluted 3. weak 4. mild 5. light in color 6. tasteless 7. indifferent 8. (variant of 氮 (dàn)) nitrogen (HSK 4)
sè — 1. color 2. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) 3. look 4. appearance 5. sex (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
Jué — surname Jue (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
荒草
huāng cǎo — 1. weeds 2. brush (vegetation) 3. wild grassland
cóng — 1. cluster 2. collection 3. collection of books 4. thicket
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Qiū — surname Qiu
yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)
皎潔
jiǎo jié — 1. shining clean 2. bright (moonlight)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
晚上
wǎn shang — 1. evening 2. night 3. classifier: 個 (gè) 4. in the evening (HSK 1)
淒淒
qī qī — cold and dismal
唧唧
jī jī — (onom.) chirping of insects, sighing noise etc
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
候蟲
hòu chóng — seasonal insect (e.g. cicada)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
míng — 1. to cry (of birds, animals and insects) 2. to make a sound 3. to voice (one's gratitude, grievance etc)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
漸漸
jiàn jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yōu — 1. remote 2. hidden away 3. secluded 4. serene 5. peaceful 6. to imprison 7. in superstition indicates the underworld 8. ancient district spanning Liaonang and Hebei provinces
下去
xià qù — 1. to go down 2. to descend 3. to go on 4. to continue 5. (of a servant) to withdraw (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

乾隆三十六年的秋也深了。长江南岸的太平府城里,已吹到了凉冷的北风,学使衙门西面园里的杨柳梧桐榆树等杂树,都带起鹅黄的淡色来。园角上荒草丛中,在秋月皎洁的晚上,凄凄唧唧的候虫的鸣声,也觉得渐渐的幽下去了。

Last night, because the moon had been so beautiful, Zhongze had actually braved the wind and dew, gazing at the moon in the garden the whole evening.Pacing back and forth beneath the scattered, uneven shadows of the trees, watching the moonlight lying on the ground like heavy frost, he was suddenly stirred by old feelings, and his thoughts turned to a tragic love of his youth.

昨天
zuó tiān — yesterday (HSK 1)
晚上
wǎn shang — 1. evening 2. night 3. classifier: 個 (gè) 4. in the evening (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
fàn — 1. to violate 2. to offend 3. to assault 4. criminal 5. crime 6. to make a mistake 7. recurrence (of mistake or sth bad) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
wǎn — 1. evening 2. night 3. late (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
疏疏
shū shū — 1. sparse 2. blurred 3. old for 楚楚 (chǔ chǔ) 4. neat 5. lovely
密密
mì mì — 1. thick 2. dense 3. close
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shù — 1. tree 2. classifier: 棵 (kē) 3. to cultivate 4. to set up (HSK 1)
yǐng — 1. picture 2. image 3. film 4. movie 5. photograph 6. reflection 7. shadow 8. trace
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
走去
zǒu qù — to walk over (to)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
地上
dì shang — 1. on the ground 2. on the floor (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
Yán — surname Yan (HSK 4)
shuāng — 1. frost 2. white powder or cream spread over a surface 3. frosting 4. (skin) cream (HSK 7-9)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
月光
yuè guāng — moonlight
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
感觸
gǎn chù — 1. one's thoughts and feelings 2. emotional stirring 3. moved 4. touched (HSK 7-9)
舊情
jiù qíng — old affection
想到
xiǎng dào — 1. to think of 2. to call to mind 3. to anticipate (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
少年
shào nián — 1. early youth 2. youngster 3. (literary) youth; young man (HSK 2)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一次
yī cì — 1. first 2. first time 3. once 4. (math.) linear (of degree one)
悲慘
bēi cǎn — 1. miserable 2. tragic (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
愛情
ài qíng — 1. romance; love (romantic) 2. classifier: 份 (fèn) (HSK 2)
上去
shàng qù — to go up (HSK 3)

昨天晚上,因为月亮好得很,仲则竟犯了风露,在园里看了一晚的月亮。在疏疏密密的树影下走来走去的走著,看看地上同严霜似的月光,他忽然感触旧情,想到了他少年时候的一次悲惨的爱情上去。

"Ah, ah!!”I only wish you could enjoy the happiness of your own family!"

唉唉
āi āi — 1. (onom.) sighing voice 2. crying sound
但願
dàn yuàn — 1. if only (sth were possible) 2. I wish (that) (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
享受
xiǎng shòu — 1. to enjoy 2. to live it up 3. pleasure 4. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) (HSK 5)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
家庭
jiā tíng — 1. family; household 2. classifier: 戶 (hù) (HSK 2)
nèi — 1. inside 2. inner 3. internal 4. within 5. interior (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
和樂
hé lè — harmonious and happy

“唉唉!但愿你能享受你家庭内的和乐!”

Having sighed like this, he gazed far off toward the eastern sky, and before his eyes there suddenly appeared a clever girl of sixteen.At that time Zhongze had been studying at Jiuli in Yixing; his fellow students, a certain Chen and a certain Gong, were both wealthier than he, but the girl's limpid, water-clear eyes had rested only on his thin, frail figure.When the new year came and he had to return to Changzhou, on the day he was to leave he went once more to her house to see her; for some reason, that day she did nothing but weep silently in front of him, saying hardly a word.He had sat dumbly with her for half an hour, and had already walked out the gate, when she called him back and gave him a pale-yellow silk handkerchief, of the kind fashionable at the time.This time, as the moment of parting came, it was he who was about to cry; the two of them embraced and wept bitterly once more, and he wiped away all his tears on that handkerchief.Not until the evening, when the boat was about to set off, did he put the handkerchief carefully away and take his leave of her.After this parting, he and she never again had the chance to speak with one another.The second time he came back to Yixing, the sorrow of his youth had turned into nothing more than a few regulated-verse poems, set down on the paper on which he copied his books:

這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tàn — variant of 嘆 (tàn)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一聲
yī shēng — first tone in Mandarin (high, level tone)
遠遠
yuǎn yuǎn — 1. distant 2. by far (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼前
yǎn qián — 1. before one's eyes 2. now 3. at present (HSK 3)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
xiàn — 1. to appear 2. present 3. now 4. existing 5. current
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
十六
shí liù — 1. sixteen 2. 16
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
伶俐
líng lì — 1. clever; witty; intelligent 2. deft; adroit
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
少女
shào nǚ — 1. girl 2. young lady (HSK 7-9)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
那時候
nà shí hou — at that time (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
正在
zhèng zài — to be in the process of (doing sth); to be currently ...-ing (HSK 1)
宜興
Yí xīng — see 宜興市 (Yí xīng Shì)
氿
guǐ — mountain spring
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
讀書
dú shū — 1. to read a book 2. to study 3. to attend school (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
同學
tóng xué — 1. to study at the same school 2. fellow student 3. classmate 4. classifier: 位 (wèi), 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
mǒu — 1. some 2. a certain 3. sb or sth indefinite 4. such-and-such (HSK 3)
Gōng — surname Gong
mǒu — 1. some 2. a certain 3. sb or sth indefinite 4. such-and-such (HSK 3)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
有錢
yǒu qián — 1. well-off 2. wealthy
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
少女
shào nǚ — 1. girl 2. young lady (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Shuāng — surname Shuang (HSK 3)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
yíng — 1. full 2. filled 3. surplus
yíng — 1. full 2. filled 3. surplus
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼光
yǎn guāng — 1. gaze 2. insight 3. foresight 4. vision 5. way of looking at things (HSK 5)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
注視
zhù shì — to look attentively at; to closely watch; to gaze at (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
瘦弱
shòu ruò — thin and weak
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
身上
shēn shang — 1. on the body 2. at hand 3. among (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
過年
guò nián — to celebrate the Chinese New Year (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
常州
Cháng zhōu — see 常州市 (Cháng zhōu Shì)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
別的
bié de — 1. else 2. other (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
家裡
jiā lǐ — home (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
xiǎo — 1. dawn 2. daybreak 3. to know 4. to let sb know 5. to make explicit
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
緣故
yuán gù — 1. reason 2. cause (HSK 6)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
只是
zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
àn — 1. dark 2. to turn dark 3. secret; hidden 4. (literary) confused; ignorant (HSK 4)
qì — to sob
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
說話
shuō huà — 1. to speak 2. to say 3. to talk 4. to gossip 5. to tell stories 6. talk 7. word (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
tā — she (HSK 1)
chī — variant of 痴 (chī)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
半個
bàn ge — half of sth
鐘頭
zhōng tóu — (coll.) hour (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
門外
mén wài — outside the door
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
當時
dāng shí — then; at that time (HSK 2)
流行
liú xíng — 1. (of a contagious disease etc) to spread; to propagate 2. (of a style of clothing, song etc) popular; fashionable (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
淡黃
dàn huáng — light yellow
chóu — 1. (light) silk 2. classifier: 匹 (pǐ)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
hán — see 可汗 (kè hán), 汗國 (hán guó) (HSK 5)
jīn — 1. towel 2. general purpose cloth 3. women's headcovering (old) 4. Kangxi radical 50
送給
sòng gěi — 1. to send 2. to give as a present (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
lín — 1. to face 2. to overlook 3. to arrive 4. to be (just) about to 5. just before (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
卻是
què shì — 1. nevertheless 2. actually 3. the fact is ... (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
kū — to cry; to weep (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
擁抱
yōng bào — 1. to embrace 2. to hug (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
痛哭
tòng kū — to cry bitterly
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. threshing floor 2. classifier for events and happenings: spell, episode, bout (HSK 2)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼淚
yǎn lèi — 1. tear; teardrop 2. classifier: 滴 (dī) (HSK 4)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
揩擦
kāi cā — to wipe
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
hán — see 可汗 (kè hán), 汗國 (hán guó) (HSK 5)
jīn — 1. towel 2. general purpose cloth 3. women's headcovering (old) 4. Kangxi radical 50
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
上面
shàng miàn — 1. on top of 2. above-mentioned 3. also pr. (shàng mian) (HSK 3)
一直
yī zhí — 1. straight (in a straight line) 2. continuously; always; all the way through (HSK 2)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
航船
háng chuán — ship (e.g. providing regular passenger service)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
wǎn — 1. evening 2. night 3. late (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
hán — see 可汗 (kè hán), 汗國 (hán guó) (HSK 5)
jīn — 1. towel 2. general purpose cloth 3. women's headcovering (old) 4. Kangxi radical 50
收藏
shōu cáng — 1. to collect (works of art, dolls, antiques etc); to put away for safekeeping; (Internet) to bookmark 2. a collection (HSK 6)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
tā — she (HSK 1)
Bié — surname Bie (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
Bié — surname Bie (HSK 1)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
談話
tán huà — 1. to talk (with sb) 2. to have a conversation 3. talk 4. conversation 5. classifier: 次 (cì) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
機會
jī huì — 1. opportunity 2. chance 3. occasion 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
第二
dì èr — 1. second 2. number two 3. next 4. secondary
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
chóng — 1. to repeat 2. repetition 3. again 4. re- 5. classifier: layer (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
宜興
Yí xīng — see 宜興市 (Yí xīng Shì)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
少年
shào nián — 1. early youth 2. youngster 3. (literary) youth; young man (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
悲哀
bēi āi — 1. grieved 2. sorrowful (HSK 7-9)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
成了
chéng le — 1. to be done 2. to be ready 3. that's enough! 4. that will do!
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
律詩
lǜ shī — 1. regular verse 2. strict poetic form with eight lines of 5, 6 or 7 syllables and even lines rhyming
流露
liú lù — 1. to reveal (indirectly, implicitly) 2. to show (interest, contempt etc) by means of one's actions, tone of voice etc (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
chāo — 1. to make a copy 2. to plagiarize 3. to search and seize 4. to raid 5. to grab 6. to go off with 7. to take a shortcut 8. to make a turning move 9. to fold one's arms (HSK 4)
Shū — abbr. for 書經 (Shū jīng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhǐ — 1. paper (classifier: 張 (zhāng), 沓 (dá)) 2. classifier for documents, letters etc (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)

这样的叹了一声,远远的向东天一望,他的眼前,忽然现出了一个十六岁的伶俐的少女来。那时候仲则正在宜兴氿里读书,他同学的陈某龚某都比他有钱,但那少女的一双水盈盈的眼光,却只注视在瘦弱的他的身上。他过年的时候因为要回常州,将别的那一天,又到她家里去看她,不晓是什么缘故,这一天她只是对他暗泣而不多说话。同她痴坐了半个钟头,他已经走到门外了,她又叫他回去,把一条当时流行的淡黄绸的汗巾送给了他。这一回当临去的时候,却是他要哭了,两人又拥抱著痛哭了一场,把他的眼泪,都揩擦在那条汗巾的上面。一直到航船要开的将晚时候,他才把那条汗巾收藏起来,同她别去。这一回别后,他和她就再没有谈话的机会了。他第二回重到宜兴的时候,他的少年的悲哀,只成了几首律诗,流露在抄书的纸上:

From the great road, no wall hid the green pavilion from view; those years, I tied my horse there and grew drunk on flowing rosy wine.

大道
dà dào — 1. main street 2. avenue (HSK 6)
青樓
qīng lóu — 1. (literary) brothel 2. pleasure quarters
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
zhē — 1. to cover up (a shortcoming) 2. to screen off 3. to hide 4. to conceal (HSK 7-9)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
xì — 1. system 2. department 3. faculty (HSK 3)
Mǎ — 1. surname Ma 2. abbr. for Malaysia 馬來西亞 (Mǎ lái xī yà) (HSK 3)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
xiá — rose-tinted sky or clouds at sunrise or sunset

大道青楼望不遮,年时系马醉流霞。

In the wind, the sash was tied in a lovers' knot; at the bottom of the cup, she was like a flower that understood speech.

fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
同心
Tóng xīn — see 同心縣 (Tóng xīn Xiàn)
jiē — 1. (of a plant) to produce (fruit or seeds) 2. Taiwan pr. (jié) (HSK 4)
bēi — 1. cup 2. trophy cup 3. classifier for certain containers of liquids: glass, cup (HSK 1)
de — (equivalent to 的 as possessive particle) (HSK 4)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
Xiè — surname Xie (HSK 6)
yǔ — 1. dialect 2. language 3. speech
Huā — surname Hua (HSK 1)

风前带是同心结,杯底人如解语花。

Below Du City, the roads ran north and south; outside Shanglan Gate, carriages came and went.

xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
Dù — surname Du
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
南北
nán běi — 1. north and south 2. north to south (HSK 5)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
lán — 1. railing 2. balustrade 3. door-screen 4. exhausted 5. late
門外
mén wài — outside the door
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)

下杜城边南北路,上阑门外去来车。

In a hurry, I woke as if from a Yangzhou dream; gathering my idle sorrows, I find them now in the gray at my temples.

匆匆
cōng cōng — hurriedly (HSK 7-9)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
揚州
Yáng zhōu — see 揚州市 (Yáng zhōu Shì)
mèng — 1. dream (classifier: 場 (cháng)) 2. (bound form) to dream (HSK 4)
檢點
jiǎn diǎn — 1. to examine 2. to check 3. to keep a lookout 4. cautious 5. restrained (in speech or mannerisms)
jiān — variant of 間 (jiān) (HSK 5)
chóu — to worry about (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
bìn — 1. temples 2. hair on the temples
Huá — abbr. for China

匆匆觉得扬州梦,检点闲愁在鬓华。

Roused at the window, still not free of last night's wine, the cuckoo's cry urges me on, call after call.

喚起
huàn qǐ — 1. to waken (to action) 2. to rouse (the masses) 3. to evoke (attention, recollection etc) (HSK 7-9)
chuāng — 1. window 2. classifier: 扇 (shàn)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
Shàng — surname Shang (HSK 7-9)
宿
Sù — surname Su
xǐng — 1. to wake up 2. to be awake 3. to become aware 4. to sober up 5. to come to (HSK 4)
tí — 1. (bound form) to cry; to weep loudly 2. (bound form) (of a bird or animal) to crow; to hoot; to screech
juān — cuckoo
cuī — 1. to urge 2. to press 3. to prompt 4. to rush sb 5. to hasten sth 6. to expedite (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)

唤起窗前尚宿醒,啼鹃催去又声声。

The old vow painted in colors recalls Xiangru's letter; the meditation couch, as time passed, held Du Mu's feelings.

丹青
dān qīng — painting
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
shì — 1. oath 2. vow 3. to swear 4. to pledge
Xiāng — surname Xiang
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
zhā — to prick with a needle
chán — 1. dhyana (Sanskrit) 2. Zen 3. meditation (Buddhism)
tà — couch
Jīng — surname Jing (HSK 7-9)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
杜牧
Dù Mù — Du Mu (803-852) Tang dynasty poet
qíng — 1. (bound form) feelings; emotion; sentiment; passion 2. (bound form) situation; condition (HSK 7-9)

丹青旧誓相如札,禅榻经时杜牧情。

After parting, our longing was severed by nothing but a stretch of water; returning now and looking back, it feels like three lifetimes have passed.

Bié — surname Bie (HSK 1)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
相思
xiāng sī — 1. to yearn 2. to pine
kōng — 1. empty 2. air 3. sky 4. in vain (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
重來
chóng lái — 1. to start over 2. to do sth all over again
回首
huí shǒu — 1. to turn around; to look back 2. (fig.) to recall the past (HSK 7-9)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)

别后相思空一水,重来回首已三生。

The cloud-stairs and moonlit ground are still there as before; I pace slowly, tracing the empty fragrance, a hundred times over.

Yún — 1. surname Yun 2. short name for Yunnan 雲南 (Yún nán) (HSK 2)
jiē — 1. rank or step 2. stairs
yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
依然
yī rán — still; as before (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. thin or slender 2. finely particulate 3. thin and soft 4. fine 5. delicate 6. trifling 7. (of a sound) quiet 8. frugal (HSK 4)
zhú — 1. (bound form) to pursue; to chase; to drive away 2. one by one; individually
kōng — 1. empty 2. air 3. sky 4. in vain (HSK 3)
xiāng — 1. fragrant 2. sweet smelling 3. aromatic 4. savory or appetizing 5. (to eat) with relish 6. (of sleep) sound 7. perfume or spice 8. joss or incense stick 9. classifier: 根 (gēn) (HSK 3)
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
biàn — 1. everywhere 2. all over 3. classifier for actions: one time (HSK 2)
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)

云阶月地依然在,细逐空香百遍行。

No matter that, as I was leaving, she thought of me again and again; on the bamboo branch fresh tear-stains were left behind.

zhē — 1. to cover up (a shortcoming) 2. to screen off 3. to hide 4. to conceal (HSK 7-9)
Mò — surname Mo
臨行
lín xíng — 1. on leaving 2. on the point of departure
niàn — 1. to read 2. to study (a subject) 3. to attend (a school) 4. to read aloud 5. to give (sb) a tongue-lashing (classifier: 頓 (dùn)) 6. to miss (sb) 7. idea 8. remembrance 9. twenty (banker's anti-fraud numeral corresponding to 廿 (niàn)) (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
pín — 1. frequency 2. frequently 3. repetitious
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
zhī — 1. branch 2. classifier for sticks, rods, pencils etc (HSK 6)
liú — 1. to leave (a message etc) 2. to retain 3. to stay 4. to remain 5. to keep 6. to preserve (HSK 2)
wò — to soil
淚痕
lèi hén — tear stains
Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)

遮莫临行念我频,竹枝留涴泪痕新。

It was mostly because the Governor had made no firm pledge — how could she have looked on her Xiao Lang as a mere stranger passing by?

duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
yuán — 1. cause 2. reason 3. karma 4. fate 5. predestined affinity 6. margin 7. hem 8. edge 9. along
刺史
cì shǐ — provincial governor (old)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
jiān — 1. strong 2. solid 3. firm 4. unyielding 5. resolute
yāo — to weigh in a balance or on a scale (HSK 3)
kǎi — 1. old variant of 愷 (kǎi) 2. old variant of 凱 (kǎi)
shì — (literary, or bound form) to look at
Xiāo — surname Xiao
Láng — surname Lang
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
路人
lù rén — 1. passer-by 2. stranger (HSK 7-9)

多缘刺史无坚约,岂视萧郎作路人。

In the distance the colored clouds seemed to drift slowly on; at the edge of my sorrow the spring waters rippled as ever, bright and clear.

wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
彩雲
cǎi yún — 1. rosy clouds 2. classifier: 朵 (duǒ)
yí — (bound form) to doubt; to suspect
冉冉
rǎn rǎn — 1. gradually; slowly 2. (of branches or hair) softly drooping
chóu — to worry about (HSK 5)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
春水
chūn shuǐ — 1. (literary) the water in rivers, lakes etc during spring, esp. after snowmelt or spring rains 2. (literary) a woman's limpid, glistening eyes
gù — 1. happening 2. instance 3. reason 4. cause 5. intentional 6. former 7. old 8. friend 9. therefore 10. hence 11. (of people) to die, dead (HSK 7-9)
粼粼
lín lín — clear and crystalline (of water)

望里彩云疑冉冉,愁边春水故粼粼。

A hundred feet of coral, a thousand bushels of pearls — nothing could purchase Luofu while she remained unwed.

珊瑚
shān hú — coral
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
chě — one of the characters used to represent a musical note in gongche notation, 工尺譜 (gōng chě pǔ) (HSK 4)
zhū — 1. bead 2. pearl 3. classifier: 粒 (lì), 顆 (kē)
qiān — thousand (HSK 2)
hú — 1. ancient measuring vessel 2. fifty liters 3. dry measure for grain equal to five dou 五斗 (before Tang, ten pecks)
nán — 1. difficult (to...) 2. problem 3. difficulty 4. difficult 5. not good (HSK 1)
huàn — 1. to exchange 2. to change (clothes etc) 3. to substitute 4. to switch 5. to convert (currency) (HSK 2)
Luó — surname Luo (HSK 7-9)
fū — 1. to spread 2. to lay out 3. to apply (powder, ointment etc) 4. sufficient (to cover) 5. enough (HSK 7-9)
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
jià — 1. (of a woman) to marry 2. to marry off a daughter 3. to shift (blame etc) (HSK 7-9)
shēn — 1. body 2. life 3. oneself 4. personally 5. one's morality and conduct 6. the main part of a structure or body 7. pregnant 8. classifier for sets of clothes: suit, twinset 9. Kangxi radical 158

珊瑚百尺珠千斛,难换罗敷未嫁身。

From then on, all word and trace of each other fell silent; the spring hills were dark as kohl, the grass like mist.

從此
cóng cǐ — 1. from now on 2. since then 3. henceforth (HSK 4)
yīn — 1. sound 2. noise 3. note (of musical scale) 4. tone 5. news 6. syllable 7. reading (phonetic value of a character)
chén — 1. dust 2. dirt 3. earth
gè — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
悄然
qiǎo rán — 1. quietly 2. sorrowfully
Chūn — surname Chun
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
dài — umber-black dye for painting the eyebrow
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
yān — 1. cigarette or pipe tobacco 2. classifier: 根 (gēn) 3. smoke 4. mist 5. vapour 6. classifier: 縷 (lǚ) 7. tobacco plant 8. (of the eyes) to be irritated by smoke (HSK 3)

从此音尘各悄然,春山如黛草如烟。

My tears added to the rain over the Wu gardens at the third watch of night; my regret was stirred by a single night's sleep at the post-station.

lèi — (bound form) tears; teardrops (HSK 4)
tiān — to add; to increase; to replenish (HSK 6)
Wú — 1. surname Wu 2. area comprising southern Jiangsu, northern Zhejiang and Shanghai 3. name of states in southern China at different historical periods
Yuàn — surname Yuan
三更
sān gēng — 1. third of the five night watch periods 23:00-01:00 (old) 2. midnight 3. also pr. (sān jīn)
yǔ — 1. rain 2. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 場 (cháng) (HSK 1)
hèn — 1. to hate 2. to regret (HSK 5)
rě — 1. to provoke 2. to irritate 3. to vex 4. to stir up 5. to anger 6. to attract (troubles) 7. to cause (problems) (HSK 7-9)
郵亭
yóu tíng — 1. postal kiosk 2. (old) rest shelter for couriers
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
yè — night (HSK 2)
mián — 1. to sleep 2. to hibernate

泪添吴苑三更雨,恨惹邮亭一夜眠。

How could there be a bluebird to seal my parting verses? I can only let the ornamented zither record the passing years.

jù — how (interj. of surprise)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
Qīng — short name for Qinghai 青海 (Qīng hǎi) (HSK 5)
diǎo — 1. variant of 屌 (diǎo) 2. penis (HSK 2)
jiān — 1. letters 2. to close 3. to seal
Bié — surname Bie (HSK 1)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
liáo — 1. (coll.) to chat 2. (literary) temporarily; for a while 3. (literary) somewhat; slightly 4. (literary) to depend upon (HSK 6)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
jǐn — 1. brocade 2. embroidered work 3. bright
sè — a type of standing harp, smaller than konghou 箜篌, with 5-25 strings
jì — 1. to record 2. to note 3. to memorize 4. to remember 5. mark 6. sign 7. classifier for blows, kicks, shots (HSK 1)
流年
liú nián — 1. fleeting time 2. horoscope for the year

讵有青鸟缄别句,聊将锦瑟记流年。

If someday I should chance to pass by, like Weizhi did, a hundred twists and a thousand turns will bring only self-pity.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
tuō — 1. to shed 2. to take off 3. to escape 4. to get away from (HSK 4)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
Wēi — 1. surname Wei 2. ancient Chinese state near present-day Chongqing 3. Taiwan pr. (Wéi)
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
zhuǎi — see 轉文 (zhuǎi wén) (HSK 3)
qiān — thousand (HSK 2)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
zì — 1. (bound form) self; oneself 2. from; since 3. naturally; as a matter of course (HSK 4)
lián — to pity

他时脱便微之过,百转千回只自怜。

Three years later, while watching the City God festival in Yangzhou, he saw a young married woman walking slowly along the street with a man of about thirty who looked like a wealthy merchant.Her features were the very image of that girl from Yixing; that evening, back at his lodgings by the river, he composed four more miscellaneous poems of remembrance.

hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
揚州
Yáng zhōu — see 揚州市 (Yáng zhōu Shì)
chéng — 1. city walls 2. city 3. town 4. classifier: 座 (zuò), 道 (dào), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
城隍
Chéng Huáng — Shing Wong (deity in Chinese mythology)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
少婦
shào fù — young married woman
同一
tóng yī — identical; the same (HSK 6)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
yāo — to weigh in a balance or on a scale (HSK 3)
三十
sān shí — 1. thirty 2. 30
左右
zuǒ yòu — 1. left and right 2. nearby 3. approximately 4. attendant 5. to control 6. to influence (HSK 3)
zhuàng — 1. (bound form) form; appearance; shape 2. (bound form) state; condition 3. (bound form) to describe 4. (bound form) written complaint; lawsuit 5. (bound form) certificate
shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
富商
fù shāng — rich merchant
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
男人
nán rén — 1. a man 2. a male 3. men 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
街上
jiē shang — 1. on the street 2. in town
緩步
huǎn bù — 1. to walk slowly 2. to amble along 3. gradually 4. slowly
tā — she (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
容貌
róng mào — 1. one's appearance 2. one's aspect 3. looks 4. features
jué — 1. to cut short 2. extinct 3. to disappear 4. to vanish 5. absolutely 6. by no means (HSK 6)
shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
宜興
Yí xīng — see 宜興市 (Yí xīng Shì)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
少女
shào nǚ — 1. girl 2. young lady (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
晚上
wǎn shang — 1. evening 2. night 3. classifier: 個 (gè) 4. in the evening (HSK 1)
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
江邊
jiāng biān — river bank
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
kè — 1. customer; visitor; guest 2. classifier for servings or portions (when ordering food)
yù — 1. (bound form) to reside; to inhabit 2. (bound form) residence; dwelling 3. (bound form) to imply; to place; to contain (sth abstract)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
成了
chéng le — 1. to be done 2. to be ready 3. that's enough! 4. that will do!
sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
gǎn — 1. to feel 2. to move 3. to touch 4. to affect 5. feeling 6. emotion 7. (suffix) sense of ~
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zá — 1. mixed 2. miscellaneous 3. various 4. to mix (HSK 6)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)

后三年,他在扬州城里看城隍会,看见一个少妇,同一年约三十左右、状似富商的男人在街上缓步。她的容貌绝似那宜兴的少女,他晚上回到了江边的客寓里,又做成了四首感旧的杂诗。

I remember our tender intimacy in the wind-swept pavilion and moonlit terrace; in dreams I heard her singing, in drunkenness I felt sorrow.

fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
tíng — 1. pavilion 2. booth 3. kiosk 4. erect
yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)
xiè — pavilion
jì — 1. to record 2. to note 3. to memorize 4. to remember 5. mark 6. sign 7. classifier for blows, kicks, shots (HSK 1)
綢繆
chóu móu — to be sentimentally attached to sb or sth
mèng — 1. dream (classifier: 場 (cháng)) 2. (bound form) to dream (HSK 4)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
gē — 1. song (classifier: 首 (shǒu), 支 (zhī)) 2. (bound form) to sing (HSK 1)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
chóu — to worry about (HSK 5)

风亭月榭记绸缪,梦里听歌醉里愁。

Tugging at her sleeve, how often did our whispered words ever come to an end? Once the gate closed, from then on I fell into the sorrow of separation.

qiān — 1. to lead along 2. to pull (an animal on a tether) 3. (bound form) to involve 4. to draw in (HSK 6)
mèi — sleeve of a robe
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
Zēng — surname Zeng (HSK 4)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
絮語
xù yǔ — to chatter incessantly
yǎn — 1. to cover up; to conceal 2. to close (a door, book etc) 3. (coll.) to get (one's fingers etc) caught when closing a door or lid 4. (literary) to launch a surprise attack
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 1)
從此
cóng cǐ — 1. from now on 2. since then 3. henceforth (HSK 4)
rù — 1. to enter; to go into 2. to join; to become a member of 3. (bound form) to conform to (as in 入時 (rù shí)) 4. abbr. for 入聲 (rù shēng) 5. (on product packaging, after {number n} + {classifier}) containing (n pieces) (from Japanese 入 "iri") (HSK 6)
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
yōu — 1. to worry 2. to concern oneself with 3. worried 4. anxiety 5. sorrow 6. (literary) to observe mourning

牵袂几曾终絮语,掩关从此入离忧。

By the bright lamp, within the brocade curtains, her slender bones were graceful; like a fine steed, her spring-hill brows framed eyes sharp as scissors.

Míng — 1. Ming Dynasty (1368–1644) 2. surname Ming 3. Ming (c. 2000 BC), fourth of the legendary Flame Emperors, 炎帝 (Yán dì) descended from Shennong 神農 (Shén nóng) Farmer God
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
jǐn — 1. brocade 2. embroidered work 3. bright
wò — tent
shān — coral
shān — coral
gū — 1. used in 骨碌碌 (gū lù lù) 2. used in 骨碌 (gū lu) 3. used in 骨朵 (gū duo)
xì — 1. thin or slender 2. finely particulate 3. thin and soft 4. fine 5. delicate 6. trifling 7. (of a sound) quiet 8. frugal (HSK 4)
Mǎ — 1. surname Ma 2. abbr. for Malaysia 馬來西亞 (Mǎ lái xī yà) (HSK 3)
Chūn — surname Chun
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
Jiǎn — surname Jian (HSK 5)
Jiǎn — surname Jian (HSK 5)
móu — 1. pupil (of the eye) 2. eye

明灯锦幄珊珊骨,细马春山剪剪眸。

What I remember most is how, again and again as I walked away, she would still turn to look back; this heart of mine, like water, only flows eastward.

zuì — 1. (before an adjective or verb) to the highest degree; (the) most ...; -est 2. (after 之 (zhī)) best or most extreme example (e.g. 世界之最 (shì jiè zhī zuì) "the greatest in the world") (HSK 1)
yì — 1. to recollect 2. to remember 3. memory
pín — 1. frequency 2. frequently 3. repetitious
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)
Shàng — surname Shang (HSK 7-9)
回首
huí shǒu — 1. to turn around; to look back 2. (fig.) to recall the past (HSK 7-9)
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)

最忆频行尚回首,此心如水只东流。

Now, like Pan Yue, my temples are turning to threads of gray — does she still remember when we rode together in the goat-cart?

而今
ér jīn — 1. now 2. at the present (time)
Pān — 1. surname Pan 2. Pan (Greek god)
bìn — 1. temples 2. hair on the temples
jiān — to imbue
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
sī — 1. silk 2. thread-like thing; (cuisine) shreds or julienne strips 3. classifier: a trace (of smoke etc), a tiny bit etc (HSK 7-9)
jì — 1. to record 2. to note 3. to memorize 4. to remember 5. mark 6. sign 7. classifier for blows, kicks, shots (HSK 1)
fǒu — 1. to negate 2. to deny 3. not
Yáng — surname Yang (HSK 3)
Chē — surname Che (HSK 1)
bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)
zǎi — 1. to record in writing 2. to carry (i.e. publish in a newspaper etc) 3. Taiwan pr. (zài) 4. year
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)

而今潘鬓渐成丝,记否羊车并载时。

Carrying a pellet-bow, what heart did I have to startle the birds who shared one fate? Stroking the branch, what bitterness made me break the intertwined boughs?

jiā — old variant of 夾 (jiā)
dàn — 1. crossball 2. bullet 3. shot 4. shell 5. ball (HSK 5)
Hé — surname He
心驚
xīn jīng — 1. fearful 2. apprehensive
gòng — 1. common 2. general 3. to share 4. together 5. total 6. altogether 7. abbr. for 共產黨 (Gòng chǎn dǎng), Communist party (HSK 4)
mìng — 1. life 2. fate 3. order or command 4. to assign a name, title etc (HSK 6)
fǔ — 1. to comfort 2. to console 3. to stroke 4. to caress 5. an old term for province or provincial governor
Kē — surname Ke
de — (equivalent to 的 as possessive particle) (HSK 4)
kǔ — 1. bitter 2. hardship 3. pain 4. to suffer 5. to bring suffering to 6. painstakingly (HSK 4)
pò — 1. broken 2. damaged 3. worn out 4. lousy 5. rotten 6. to break, split or cleave 7. to get rid of 8. to destroy 9. to break with 10. to defeat 11. to capture (a city etc) 12. to expose the truth of (HSK 3)
jiāo — 1. to hand over; to deliver; to pay (money); to turn over 2. to make friends 3. (of lines) to intersect 4. variant of 跤 (jiāo) (HSK 2)
zhī — 1. branch 2. classifier for sticks, rods, pencils etc (HSK 6)

挟弹何心惊共命,抚柯底苦破交枝。

Like fragrant wind through the willows, it wounds one's thoughts of Siman; in another kind of misty blossom, it vexes Muzhi.

rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
xīn — fragrant
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
Liǔ — surname Liu
shāng — 1. to injure 2. injury 3. wound (HSK 3)
sī — 1. to think 2. to consider
màn — 1. handsome 2. large 3. long
別樣
bié yàng — 1. different kind of 2. another sort of 3. special 4. unusual
煙花
yān huā — 1. fireworks 2. prostitute (esp. in Yuan theater) (HSK 6)
nǎo — to get angry
Mù — surname Mu
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)

如馨风柳伤思曼,别样烟花恼牧之。

Do not pluck the strings again to play 'Night after Night'; all through this autumn I have grown haggard with longing.

Mò — surname Mo
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
kūn — variant of 鵾 (kūn)
xián — 1. bow string 2. string of musical instrument 3. watchspring 4. chord (segment of curve) 5. hypotenuse 6. classifier: 根 (gēn) (HSK 7-9)
dàn — 1. crossball 2. bullet 3. shot 4. shell 5. ball (HSK 5)
Xī — surname Xi
Xī — surname Xi
Jīng — surname Jing (HSK 7-9)
Qiū — surname Qiu
憔悴
qiáo cuì — 1. wan and sallow 2. thin and pallid 3. haggard 4. (of plants) withered
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
相思
xiāng sī — 1. to yearn 2. to pine

莫把鶤弦弹昔昔,经秋憔悴为相思。

Her zhe-dance once made her famous throughout the Pingkang wards; yet she alone turned an appreciative eye toward a mere scholar.

zhè — 1. a thorny tree 2. sugarcane 3. Cudrania triloba 4. three-bristle cudrania (Cudrania tricuspidata) 5. Chinese mulberry (Cudrania)
wǔ — 1. to dance 2. to wield 3. to brandish (HSK 5)
Píng — surname Ping (HSK 2)
Kāng — surname Kang
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
shàn — 1. without authority 2. to usurp 3. to arrogate to oneself 4. to monopolize 5. expert in 6. to be good at
míng — 1. name 2. noun (part of speech) 3. place (e.g. among winners) 4. famous 5. classifier for people (HSK 2)
dú — 1. alone 2. independent 3. single 4. sole 5. only (HSK 7-9)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
青眼
qīng yǎn — 1. (to look) with a direct gaze 2. (fig.) respect; favor
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
書生
shū shēng — 1. scholar 2. intellectual 3. egghead

柘舞平康旧擅名,独将青眼到书生。

Lightly she drew the brocade quilt to prolong our morning's rest; slowly she poured from the golden cup to ease the sorrow of my travels.

qīng — 1. light 2. easy 3. gentle 4. soft 5. reckless 6. unimportant 7. frivolous 8. small in number 9. unstressed 10. neutral 11. to disparage (HSK 2)
yí — 1. to move 2. to shift 3. to change 4. to alter 5. to remove (HSK 4)
jǐn — 1. brocade 2. embroidered work 3. bright
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
tiān — to add; to increase; to replenish (HSK 6)
chén — 1. morning 2. dawn 3. daybreak
wò — 1. to lie 2. to crouch (HSK 7-9)
xì — 1. thin or slender 2. finely particulate 3. thin and soft 4. fine 5. delicate 6. trifling 7. (of a sound) quiet 8. frugal (HSK 4)
zhuó — 1. to pour wine 2. to drink wine 3. to deliberate 4. to consider
Jīn — 1. surname Jin 2. surname Kim (Korean) 3. Jurchen Jin dynasty (1115–1234) (HSK 3)
zhī — goblet
qiǎn — 1. (bound form) to dispatch; to send 2. (bound form) to drive away; to dispel
lǚ — 1. trip 2. travel 3. to travel 4. brigade (army)
qíng — 1. (bound form) feelings; emotion; sentiment; passion 2. (bound form) situation; condition (HSK 7-9)

轻移锦被添晨卧,细酌金卮遣旅情。

Today a pair of fish-shaped letter-cases is sent to the young lord; in those days, one song lamented the Prince of Dongping.

cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
雙魚
Shuāng yú — Pisces (star sign)
jì — 1. to entrust; to place in sb's care 2. (bound form) to depend on; to attach oneself to; to reside temporarily 3. (bound form) foster (as in 寄女[ji4 nu : 3] foster daughter) 4. to send by post; to mail (HSK 4)
公子
gōng zǐ — 1. son of an official 2. son of nobility 3. your son (honorific)
當時
dāng shí — then; at that time (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Qū — surname Qu (HSK 7-9)
yuàn — 1. to blame 2. (bound form) resentment; hatred; grudge (HSK 5)
東平
Dōng píng — see 東平縣 (Dōng píng Xiàn)

此日双鱼寄公子,当时一曲怨东平。

Outside the shrine of the King of Yue, the flowers have just begun to bloom — with whom does she now stroll along so slowly?

Yuè — 1. generic word for peoples or states of south China or south Asia at different historical periods 2. abbr. for Vietnam 越南 (HSK 2)
Wáng — surname Wang (HSK 4)
cí — 1. shrine 2. to offer a sacrifice
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
Huā — surname Hua (HSK 1)
chū — 1. (bound form) at first; initially 2. (bound form) first; early 3. (bound form) (in lunar calendar dates, before numerals 1–10) days 1 to 10 of a month, as in 初三 (chū sān) "the third" (HSK 3)
fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
gòng — 1. common 2. general 3. to share 4. together 5. total 6. altogether 7. abbr. for 共產黨 (Gòng chǎn dǎng), Communist party (HSK 4)
何人
hé rén — who
緩緩
huǎn huǎn — 1. slowly 2. unhurriedly 3. little by little (HSK 7-9)
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)

越王祠外花初放,更共何人缓缓行。

It was not merely regret at parting, but pity for my talent; many times with her own hand she cut red notepaper for me.

Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 1)
惜別
xī bié — reluctant to part
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
lián — to pity
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
幾度
jǐ dù — 1. how many times 2. several times 3. how many degrees (in terms of temperature or angle) 4. several degrees 5. to what degree; to what extent
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
jiān — 1. letter 2. note-paper
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
自裁
zì cái — (literary) to kill oneself; to commit suicide

非关惜别为怜才,几度红笺手自裁。

With a heart set on rivers and lakes, she would follow a man like Yingshi; her romantic feeling of late presses close to one like Fanghui.

hú — lake (HSK 2)
Hǎi — surname Hai (HSK 2)
有心
yǒu xīn — 1. to have a mind to 2. to intend to 3. deliberately 4. considerate
Suí — surname Sui (HSK 3)
yǐng — 1. head of grain 2. husk 3. tip 4. point 5. clever 6. gifted 7. outstanding
Shì — surname Shi
風情
fēng qíng — 1. mien 2. bearing 3. grace 4. amorous feelings 5. flirtatious expressions 6. local conditions and customs 7. wind force, direction etc (HSK 7-9)
近日
jìn rì — 1. (in) the past few days 2. recently 3. (within) the next few days (HSK 6)
bī — 1. to force (sb to do sth) 2. to compel 3. to press for 4. to extort 5. to press on towards 6. to press up to 7. to close in on 8. euphemistic variant of 屄 (bī) (HSK 6)
Fāng — surname Fang (HSK 4)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)

湖海有心随颖士,风情近日逼方回。

For a long while she kept the curtain drawn to hold the fragrance in; yet as ever, swallows come peeking in at people.

多時
duō shí — long time
yǎn — 1. to cover up; to conceal 2. to close (a door, book etc) 3. (coll.) to get (one's fingers etc) caught when closing a door or lid 4. (literary) to launch a surprise attack
màn — curtain
liú — 1. to leave (a message etc) 2. to retain 3. to stay 4. to remain 5. to keep 6. to preserve (HSK 2)
xiāng — 1. fragrant 2. sweet smelling 3. aromatic 4. savory or appetizing 5. (to eat) with relish 6. (of sleep) sound 7. perfume or spice 8. joss or incense stick 9. classifier: 根 (gēn) (HSK 3)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
依舊
yī jiù — 1. as before; still 2. to remain the same (HSK 5)
kuī — 1. to peep 2. to pry into
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
Yān — 1. Yan, a vassal state of Zhou in present-day Hebei and Liaoning 2. north Hebei 3. the four Yan kingdoms of the Sixteen Kingdoms, namely: Former Yan 前燕 (Qián Yān) (337–370), Later Yan 後燕 (Hòu Yān) (384–409), Southern Yan 南燕 (Nán Yān) (398–410), Northern Yan 北燕 (Běi Yān) (409–436) 4. surname Yan
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

多时掩幔留香住,依旧窥人有燕来。

Since ancient times, hearts truly united are never parted for good; the trees on the tomb at Luofu still grieve to this day.

自古
zì gǔ — 1. (since) ancient times 2. (from) time immemorial
同心
Tóng xīn — see 同心縣 (Tóng xīn Xiàn)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
不解
bù jiě — 1. to not understand 2. to be puzzled by 3. indissoluble (HSK 7-9)
Luó — surname Luo (HSK 7-9)
fú — 1. to float 2. superficial 3. floating 4. unstable 5. movable 6. provisional 7. temporary 8. transient 9. impetuous 10. hollow 11. inflated 12. to exceed 13. superfluous 14. excessive 15. surplus (HSK 6)
zhǒng — burial mound (variant of 冢 (zhǒng))
shù — 1. tree 2. classifier: 棵 (kē) 3. to cultivate 4. to set up (HSK 1)
至今
zhì jīn — 1. so far 2. to this day 3. until now (HSK 3)
Āi — Ai (c. 2000 BC), sixth of legendary Flame Emperors 炎帝 (Yán dì) descended from Shennong 神農 (Shén nóng) Farmer God, also known as Li 釐 (Lí)

自古同心终不解,罗浮冢树至今哀。

Thinking over his present state of mind and comparing it with those days, he felt that seven years ago he had been like a fragrant plant under the warm sun of springtime — flourishing gloriously, just coming into bloom.For at that time he had just passed the examination for the xiucai degree, and endless hope still lay ahead, waiting for him.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
心境
xīn jìng — 1. mood 2. mental state 3. frame of mind
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
當時
dāng shí — then; at that time (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
qī — 1. seven 2. 7 (HSK 1)
年前
nián qián — 1. by the end of the year 2. at the end of the year; shortly before New Year (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhēng — first month of the lunar year (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
陽春
Yáng chūn — see 陽春市 (Yáng chūn Shì)
nuǎn — 1. warm 2. to warm (HSK 5)
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
香草
xiāng cǎo — 1. aromatic herb 2. vanilla 3. alternative name for Eupatorium fortunei 4. (fig.) loyal and dependable person (old)
一樣
yī yàng — 1. same 2. like 3. equal to 4. the same as 5. just like (HSK 1)
轟轟烈烈
hōng hōng liè liè — 1. strong 2. vigorous 3. large-scale
gāng — 1. (literary) hard; firm; strong 2. exactly; precisely 3. barely; only just 4. just; only a short while ago (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
發育
fā yù — 1. to develop 2. to mature 3. growth 4. development 5. (sexually) mature (HSK 7-9)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
當時
dāng shí — then; at that time (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Xīn — 1. abbr. for Xinjiang 新疆 (Xīn jiāng) 2. abbr. for Singapore 新加坡 (Xīn jiā pō) 3. surname Xin (HSK 1)
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
秀才
xiù cai — 1. a person who has passed the county level imperial exam (historical) 2. scholar 3. skillful writer 4. fine talent
眼前
yǎn qián — 1. before one's eyes 2. now 3. at present (HSK 3)
Shàng — surname Shang (HSK 7-9)
有無
yǒu wú — 1. to have or have not 2. surplus and shortfall 3. tangible and intangible 4. corporeal and incorporeal
qióng — 1. poor 2. destitute 3. to use up 4. to exhaust 5. thoroughly 6. extremely 7. (coll.) persistently and pointlessly (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
希望
xī wàng — 1. to hope 2. a hope; a wish (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)

他想想现在的心境,与当时一比,觉得七年前的他,正同阳春暖日下的香草一样,轰轰烈烈,刚在发育。因为当时他新中秀才,眼前尚有无穷的希望,在那里等他。

!”"And now, here I still am, drudging along, dependent on others!"

dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
如今
rú jīn — nowadays; now (HSK 4)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
yī — 1. to depend on 2. to comply with or listen to sb 3. according to 4. in the light of (HSK 7-9)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
碌碌
lù lù — 1. ordinary; commonplace 2. busy; bustling about

“到如今还是依人碌碌!”

The moment his thoughts turned to his present lot in life, he grew sorrowful before he even realized it.Just then a sudden gust of cold west wind blew into the garden.The tree-shadows in the moonlight rustled and trembled all at once, and he too gave an involuntary shiver — for no reason he could tell, he felt every fine hair on his body stand on end.

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
想到
xiǎng dào — 1. to think of 2. to call to mind 3. to anticipate (HSK 2)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
身世
shēn shì — one's life experience; one's lot; one's past history
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
不知不覺
bù zhī bù jué — (idiom) unconsciously; unwittingly (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
悲傷
bēi shāng — sad; sorrowful (HSK 5)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
Hū — surname Hu
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一陣
yī zhèn — 1. a burst 2. a fit 3. a peal 4. a spell (period of time) (HSK 7-9)
Liáng — the five Liang of the Sixteen Kingdoms, namely: Former Liang 前涼 (314-376), Later Liang 後涼 (386-403), Northern Liang 北涼 (398-439), Southern Liang 南涼 (Nán Liáng) (397-414), Western Liang 西涼 (400-421) (HSK 2)
Lěng — surname Leng (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
chuī — 1. to blow 2. to play a wind instrument 3. to blast 4. to puff 5. to boast 6. to brag 7. to end in failure 8. to fall through (HSK 2)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
月光
yuè guāng — moonlight
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shù — 1. tree 2. classifier: 棵 (kē) 3. to cultivate 4. to set up (HSK 1)
yǐng — 1. picture 2. image 3. film 4. movie 5. photograph 6. reflection 7. shadow 8. trace
索索
suǒ suǒ — trembling
là — 1. to leave out 2. to be missing 3. to leave behind or forget to bring 4. to lag or fall behind (HSK 4)
là — 1. to leave out 2. to be missing 3. to leave behind or forget to bring 4. to lag or fall behind (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
顫動
chàn dòng — 1. to vibrate 2. to quiver
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一下
yī xià — 1. (after a verb) a bit; a little (indicating brief duration, or softening the tone, or suggesting giving sth a try) 2. all at once; suddenly
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
Lěng — surname Leng (HSK 1)
jìng — spasm
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
曉得
xiǎo de — to know (HSK 6)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
緣故
yuán gù — 1. reason 2. cause (HSK 6)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
毛細
máo xì — capillary
Guǎn — surname Guan (HSK 3)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
sǒng — 1. respectful 2. horrified 3. to raise (one's shoulders) 4. to stand on tiptoe 5. to crane
shù — 1. to erect 2. vertical 3. vertical stroke (in Chinese characters) (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)

一想到现在的这身世,他就不知不觉的悲伤起来了。这时候忽有一阵凉冷的西风,吹到了园里。月光里的树影索索落落的颤动了一下,他也打了一个冷痉,不晓得是什么缘故,觉得毛细管都竦竖了起来。

?——”"These very stars are not last night's stars — for whom do I stand in the wind and dew at midnight?——"

shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
星辰
xīng chén — stars
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
昨夜
zuó yè — last night
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 6)
Lì — surname Li (HSK 5)
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
xiāo — night

“似此星辰非昨夜,为谁风露立中宵?——”

So he raised his voice slightly and recited these two lines of verse once through, then paced back and forth a few more steps — partly to bolster his own courage by doing so, and partly because he wanted to work the two lines he had gotten tonight into a complete poem.But his thoughts were as chaotic as an ant-nest flooded with water, and however he turned them over, he could not manage to piece together the lines above and below.Beyond the garden wall, after the sound of the night-watchman's clapper and the shadow of his lantern had passed by in the lane, the moonlight grew so pure and glossy it was almost frightening.It seemed as though the autumn frost had already fallen; he felt wave after wave of cold creeping over his body.Thinking that the depths of winter would soon be upon him, and that his trunk held nothing but a few padded coats of coarse cotton cloth, he realized that to get through the winter he would need to buy material for a fox-fur robe, which could not be had for less than forty taels of silver; moreover, he had not sent money home in a long while, and by rights he ought to send back several tens of taels for his aged mother and the rest of the family to buy themselves some clothes — but given his present circumstances, where on earth was he to find so much silver?The moment this thought came to him, his heart grew heavier still with vexation.Staring blankly for a while at the moon sinking toward the west, he found himself murmuring a few lines of verse:

於是
yú shì — thereupon; as a result; consequently; thus; hence (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
稍微
shāo wēi — a little bit (HSK 5)
放大
fàng dà — 1. to enlarge 2. to magnify (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
兩句
liǎng jù — (say) a few words
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
yín — 1. to chant; to recite 2. verse; song (often used in titles of classical poems) 3. (literary) to lament; to groan 4. (bound form) (in poetry) the cry of certain animals and insects 5. (music) rapid vibrato (technique for playing the guqin 古琴 (gǔ qín)) (cf. 猱 (náo), wide vibrato)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一遍
yī biàn — 1. one time (all the way through) 2. once through
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
走去
zǒu qù — to walk over (to)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
Bù — surname Bu (HSK 3)
一則
yī zé — on the one hand
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
借此
jiè cǐ — using this as a pretext; thereby
Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)
Zhuàng — Zhuang ethnic group, the largest ethnic minority in China (HSK 7-9)
Zhuàng — Zhuang ethnic group, the largest ethnic minority in China (HSK 7-9)
自家
zì jiā — 1. oneself 2. one's own family
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dǎn — 1. gall bladder 2. courage 3. guts 4. gall 5. inner container (e.g. bladder of a football, inner container of a thermos) (HSK 5)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
今夜
jīn yè — 1. tonight 2. this evening
所得
suǒ dé — 1. what one acquires 2. one's gains
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
兩句
liǎng jù — (say) a few words
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
湊成
còu chéng — 1. to put together 2. to make up (a set) 3. to round up (a number to a convenient multiple) 4. resulting in...
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
Quán — surname Quan (HSK 2)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
心思
xīn si — 1. mind 2. thoughts 3. inclination 4. mood (HSK 7-9)
luàn — 1. in confusion or disorder 2. in a confused state of mind 3. disorder 4. upheaval 5. riot 6. illicit sexual relations 7. to throw into disorder 8. to mix up 9. indiscriminate 10. random 11. arbitrary (HSK 3)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
yān — 1. to flood 2. to submerge 3. to drown 4. to irritate the skin (of liquids) 5. to delay (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
蟻巢
yǐ cháo — ant nest
一樣
yī yàng — 1. same 2. like 3. equal to 4. the same as 5. just like (HSK 1)
想來
xiǎng lái — it may be assumed that
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
còu — 1. to gather together, pool or collect 2. to happen by chance 3. to move close to 4. to exploit an opportunity (HSK 7-9)
不成
bù chéng — 1. won't do 2. unable to 3. (at the end of a rhetorical question) can that be? (HSK 6)
上下
shàng xià — 1. the top and bottom of sth 2. the full vertical extent of sth; from top to bottom 3. to go up and down 4. before and after (as in 上下文 (shàng xià wén) "context") 5. (used after a quantity) approximately; ... or so 6. (in a social hierarchy) the high and the low; seniors and juniors (as in 上下和睦 (shàng xià hé mù) "harmony between superiors and subordinates") 7. all members of a group (as in 舉國上下 (jǔ guó shàng xià) "the entire nation") 8. relative superiority (as in 不相上下 (bù xiāng shàng xià) "evenly matched") (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
句子
jù zi — 1. sentence 2. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
圍牆
wéi qiáng — 1. perimeter wall 2. fence 3. classifier: 道 (dào) (HSK 7-9)
lòng — 1. lane 2. alley (HSK 2)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
打更
dǎ gēng — to sound the night watches (on clappers or gongs, in former times)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
燈籠
dēng lóng — lantern (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
影子
yǐng zi — 1. shadow 2. reflection 3. (fig.) hint 4. indication 5. influence 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
過去
guò qù — 1. (in the) past; former; previous 2. to go over; to pass by (HSK 2)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
月光
yuè guāng — moonlight
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
jié — clean
liàn — 1. to practice 2. to train 3. to drill 4. to perfect (one's skill) 5. exercise 6. (literary) white silk 7. to boil and scour raw silk (HSK 2)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
秋霜
qiū shuāng — 1. autumn frost 2. fig. white hair as sign of old age
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
下來
xià lai — 1. to come down 2. (completed action marker) 3. (after verb of motion, indicates motion down and towards us, also fig.) 4. (indicates continuation from the past towards us) 5. to be harvested (of crops) 6. to be over (of a period of time) 7. to go among the masses (said of leaders) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
身上
shēn shang — 1. on the body 2. at hand 3. among (HSK 1)
一陣
yī zhèn — 1. a burst 2. a fit 3. a peal 4. a spell (period of time) (HSK 7-9)
一陣
yī zhèn — 1. a burst 2. a fit 3. a peal 4. a spell (period of time) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
寒冷
hán lěng — 1. cold (climate) 2. frigid 3. very cold (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
qióng — 1. poor 2. destitute 3. to use up 4. to exhaust 5. thoroughly 6. extremely 7. (coll.) persistently and pointlessly (HSK 4)
dōng — winter
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
kuài — 1. rapid 2. quick 3. speed 4. rate 5. soon 6. almost 7. to make haste 8. clever 9. sharp (of knives or wits) 10. forthright 11. plainspoken 12. gratified 13. pleased 14. pleasant (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
kuāng — 1. basket 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī) (HSK 7-9)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
只有
zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. item 2. component 3. classifier for events, things, clothes etc (HSK 2)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
棉衣
mián yī — 1. cotton-padded clothes 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn)
過冬
guò dōng — to get through the winter
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
mǎi — 1. to buy 2. to purchase (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. item 2. component 3. classifier for events, things, clothes etc (HSK 2)
hú — fox
Pí — surname Pi (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
páo — gown (lined)
liào — 1. material 2. stuff 3. grain 4. feed 5. to expect 6. to anticipate 7. to guess (HSK 6)
非要
fēi yào — to want absolutely; to insist on (doing sth)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
四十
sì shí — 1. forty 2. 40
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
銀子
yín zi — 1. money 2. silver
不可
bù kě — cannot; should not; must not
並且
bìng qiě — and; besides; moreover; furthermore; in addition (HSK 3)
家裡
jiā lǐ — home (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
也許
yě xǔ — perhaps; maybe (HSK 2)
jiǔ — (of a period of time) long (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
jì — 1. to entrust; to place in sb's care 2. (bound form) to depend on; to attach oneself to; to reside temporarily 3. (bound form) foster (as in 寄女[ji4 nu : 3] foster daughter) 4. to send by post; to mail (HSK 4)
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. to depend on 2. to comply with or listen to sb 3. according to 4. in the light of (HSK 7-9)
lǐ — 1. texture 2. grain (of wood) 3. inner essence 4. intrinsic order 5. reason 6. logic 7. truth 8. science 9. natural science (esp. physics) 10. to manage 11. to pay attention to 12. to run (affairs) 13. to handle 14. to put in order 15. to tidy up (HSK 6)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
Lún — abbr. for 論語 (Lún yǔ), The Analects (of Confucius)
zhēng — first month of the lunar year (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
jì — 1. to entrust; to place in sb's care 2. (bound form) to depend on; to attach oneself to; to reside temporarily 3. (bound form) foster (as in 寄女[ji4 nu : 3] foster daughter) 4. to send by post; to mail (HSK 4)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
銀子
yín zi — 1. money 2. silver
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
老母
lǎo mǔ — 1. (coll.) mother; mom 2. (literary) elderly mother
bèi — 1. lifetime 2. generation 3. group of people 4. class 5. classifier for generations 6. (literary) classifier for people (HSK 5)
添置
tiān zhì — 1. to buy 2. to acquire 3. to add to one's possessions
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. item 2. component 3. classifier for events, things, clothes etc (HSK 2)
衣服
yī fu — 1. clothes 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 套 (tào) (HSK 1)
但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
zhào — 1. according to 2. in accordance with 3. to shine 4. to illuminate 5. to reflect 6. to look at (one's reflection) 7. to take (a photo) 8. photo 9. as requested 10. as before (HSK 3)
目前
mù qián — 1. at the present time 2. currently (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
狀態
zhuàng tài — condition; state; state of affairs (HSK 3)
看來
kàn lai — 1. apparently 2. it seems that (HSK 4)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
何處
hé chù — 1. whence 2. where (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
lòng — 1. lane 2. alley (HSK 2)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
銀子
yín zi — 1. money 2. silver
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
想到
xiǎng dào — 1. to think of 2. to call to mind 3. to anticipate (HSK 2)
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
心裡
xīn li — 1. chest 2. heart; mind (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
tiān — to add; to increase; to replenish (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一層
yī céng — one layer; one level
煩悶
fán mèn — moody; gloomy (HSK 7-9)
dāi — 1. foolish; stupid 2. expressionless; blank 3. variant of 待 (dāi) (HSK 5)
dāi — 1. foolish; stupid 2. expressionless; blank 3. variant of 待 (dāi) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
xié — 1. inclined 2. slanting 3. oblique 4. tilting (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
月亮
yuè liang — the moon (HSK 2)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Hū — surname Hu
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
順口
shùn kǒu — 1. to read smoothly (of text) 2. to blurt out (without thinking) 3. to suit one's taste (of food)
niàn — 1. to read 2. to study (a subject) 3. to attend (a school) 4. to read aloud 5. to give (sb) a tongue-lashing (classifier: 頓 (dùn)) 6. to miss (sb) 7. idea 8. remembrance 9. twenty (banker's anti-fraud numeral corresponding to 廿 (niàn)) (HSK 3)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
gōu — variant of 勾 (gōu) (HSK 2)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

于是他就稍微放大了声音把这两句诗吟了一遍,又走来走去的走了几步,一则原想借此以壮壮自家的胆,二则他也想把今夜所得的这两句诗,凑成一首全诗。但是他的心思,乱得同水淹的蚁巢一样,想来想去怎么也凑不成上下的句子。园外的围墙弄里,打更的声音和灯笼的影子过去之后,月光更洁练得怕人了。好像是秋霜已经下来的样子,他只觉得身上一阵一阵的寒冷了起来。想想穷冬又快到了,他筐里只有几件大布的棉衣,过冬若要去买一件狐皮的袍料,非要有四十两银子不可,并且家里他也许久不寄钱去了,依理而论,正也该寄几十两银子回去,为老母辈添置几件衣服,但是照目前的状态看来,叫他能到何处去弄得这许多银子?他一想到此,心里又添了一层烦闷。呆呆的对西斜的月亮看了一忽,他却顺口念出了几句诗来:

。”"Boundless are the days to come, sorrow vast as the sea — I send word to Xihe: whip on your steeds and hurry!"

茫茫
máng máng — 1. boundless 2. vast and obscure
來日
lái rì — 1. future days 2. (literary) the next day 3. (old) past days
chóu — to worry about (HSK 5)
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
Hǎi — surname Hai (HSK 2)
寄語
jì yǔ — to give an earnest message of good wishes, encouragement, or advice etc; a message of this sort
Xī — 1. same as Fuxi 伏羲 (Fú xī), a mythical emperor 2. surname Xi
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
kuài — 1. rapid 2. quick 3. speed 4. rate 5. soon 6. almost 7. to make haste 8. clever 9. sharp (of knives or wits) 10. forthright 11. plainspoken 12. gratified 13. pleased 14. pleasant (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
biān — 1. whip or lash 2. to flog 3. to whip 4. conductor's baton 5. segmented iron weapon (old) 6. penis (of animal, served as food)

“茫茫来日愁如海,寄语羲和快著鞭。”

After reciting this over twice, someone suddenly came out through the garden gate behind him and called softly:

Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 3)
niàn — 1. to read 2. to study (a subject) 3. to attend (a school) 4. to read aloud 5. to give (sb) a tongue-lashing (classifier: 頓 (dùn)) 6. to miss (sb) 7. idea 8. remembrance 9. twenty (banker's anti-fraud numeral corresponding to 廿 (niàn)) (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
biàn — 1. everywhere 2. all over 3. classifier for actions: one time (HSK 2)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
背後
bèi hòu — 1. behind 2. at the back 3. in the rear 4. behind sb's back (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
忽而
hū ér — 1. suddenly 2. now (..., now...)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
輕輕
qīng qīng — lightly; softly
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

回环念了两遍之后,背后的园门里忽而走了一个人出来,轻轻的叫著说:

"A fine poem, a fine poem, Zhongze!?”Still not asleep at this hour?"

hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle

“好诗好诗,仲则!你到这时候还没有睡么?”

Zhongze gave a start of surprise, and turning around at once asked him:

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
hài — 1. to astonish 2. to startle 3. to hack (computing, loanword)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiào — 1. to jump 2. to hop 3. to skip over 4. to bounce 5. to palpitate (HSK 3)
回轉
huí zhuǎn — variant of 迴轉 (huí zhuǎn)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

仲则倒骇了一跳,回转头来就问他说:

"Zhicun!You're not asleep either??”What have you been doing all this time, till now?"

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle
一直
yī zhí — 1. straight (in a straight line) 2. continuously; always; all the way through (HSK 2)
到現在
dào xiàn zài — 1. up until now 2. to date
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
幹什麼
gàn shén me — 1. what are you doing? 2. what's he up to? (HSK 1)

“稚存!你也还没有睡么?一直到现在在那里干什么?”

!”"Zhujun asked me to draft two letters for him — I've only just now put down my pen!"

zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
Fēng — surname Feng (HSK 2)
xìn — 1. letter 2. mail 3. classifier: 封 (fēng) 4. to trust 5. to believe 6. to profess faith in 7. truthful 8. confidence 9. trust 10. at will 11. at random (HSK 2)
稿
gǎo — 1. manuscript 2. draft 3. stalk of grain
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
gāng — 1. (literary) hard; firm; strong 2. exactly; precisely 3. barely; only just 4. just; only a short while ago (HSK 2)
gē — 1. to place 2. to put aside 3. to shelve (HSK 7-9)
下筆
xià bǐ — to put pen to paper
lǐ — mile

“竹君要我为他起两封信稿,我现在刚搁下笔哩!”

,‘?’”"I have two more good lines of verse — let me recite them for you too: 'These very stars are not last night's stars — for whom do I stand in the wind and dew at midnight?'"

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
兩句
liǎng jù — (say) a few words
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
niàn — 1. to read 2. to study (a subject) 3. to attend (a school) 4. to read aloud 5. to give (sb) a tongue-lashing (classifier: 頓 (dùn)) 6. to miss (sb) 7. idea 8. remembrance 9. twenty (banker's anti-fraud numeral corresponding to 廿 (niàn)) (HSK 3)
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)
shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
星辰
xīng chén — stars
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
昨夜
zuó yè — last night
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 6)
Lì — surname Li (HSK 5)
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
xiāo — night

“我还有两句好诗,也念给你听吧,‘似此星辰非昨夜,为谁风露立中宵?’”

。”"A fine poem it is, but it's a pity — too bleak and dispirited."

Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
可惜
kě xī — 1. it is a pity 2. what a pity 3. unfortunately (HSK 5)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
cuī — variant of 縗 (cuī)
sà — 1. sound of wind 2. valiant 3. melancholy
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

“诗是好诗,可惜太衰飒了。”

。”"I meant to work them into a pair of regulated-verse poems, but however I try I can't manage to finish them."

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
它們
tā men — they; them (HSK 2)
湊成
còu chéng — 1. to put together 2. to make up (a set) 3. to round up (a number to a convenient multiple) 4. resulting in...
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
律詩
lǜ shī — 1. regular verse 2. strict poetic form with eight lines of 5, 6 or 7 syllables and even lines rhyming
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
不成
bù chéng — 1. won't do 2. unable to 3. (at the end of a rhetorical question) can that be? (HSK 6)
gōng — 1. meritorious deed or service 2. achievement 3. result 4. service 5. accomplishment 6. work (physics) (HSK 7-9)

“我想把它们凑成两首律诗来,但是怎么也做不成功。”

。”"Better that you don't finish them at all."

還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)

“还是不做成的好。”

?”"Why is that?"

何以
hé yǐ — 1. (literary) why 2. how
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

?”"Once they're finished, won't the inspiration be gone?"

zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
豈不
qǐ bù — 1. how couldn't...? 2. wouldn't it...?
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
興致
xìng zhì — 1. mood 2. spirits 3. interest (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle

“做成之后,岂不是就没有兴致了么?”

!”"That's true enough — then I won't finish them after all!"

zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不錯
bù cuò — 1. correct 2. right 3. not bad 4. pretty good (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

“这话倒也不错,我就不做了吧!”

?”"Zhongze, tomorrow a great textual scholar is arriving — did you know?"

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
明天
míng tiān — tomorrow (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
wèi — 1. position 2. location 3. place 4. seat 5. classifier for people (honorific) 6. classifier for binary bits (e.g. 十六位 16-bit or 2 bytes) 7. (physics) potential (HSK 2)
大考
dà kǎo — 1. final exam 2. to take an end-of-term exam 3. (Tw) college entrance exam (abbr. for 大學入學考試 (dà xué rù xué kǎo shì))
jù — 1. according to 2. to act in accordance with 3. to depend on 4. to seize 5. to occupy (HSK 6)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
知道
zhī dào — 1. to know; to become aware of 2. also pr. (zhī dao) (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle

“仲则,明天有一位大考据家来了,你知道么?”

?”"Who is it?"

shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
yā — 1. ah (used to express surprise) 2. (onom.) creaking (HSK 4)

“谁呀?”

。”"Dai Dongyuan."

Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)

“戴东原。”

?”"I've only heard the great name of Zhuge — I've never laid eyes on this little Confucius. Who told you he was coming?"

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
Wén — surname Wen (HSK 2)
諸葛
Zhū gě — 1. two-character surname Zhuge 2. Taiwan pr. (Zhū gé)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
大名
Dà míng — see 大名縣 (Dà míng Xiàn)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
wèi — 1. position 2. location 3. place 4. seat 5. classifier for people (honorific) 6. classifier for binary bits (e.g. 十六位 16-bit or 2 bytes) 7. (physics) potential (HSK 2)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
孔子
Kǒng zǐ — Confucius (551-479 BC), Chinese thinker and social philosopher, also known as 孔夫子 (Kǒng fū zǐ)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
yā — 1. ah (used to express surprise) 2. (onom.) creaking (HSK 4)

“我只闻诸葛的大名,却没有见过这一位小孔子,你听谁说他要来呀?”

!”"It was mentioned in a letter from old Historian Ji in Beijing to Zhujun — Zhujun is preparing to welcome him even now!"

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
北京
Běi jīng — Beijing municipality, capital of the People's Republic of China (short name 京 (Jīng)) (HSK 1)
Jǐ — 1. surname Ji 2. also pr. (Jì)
老太
lǎo tài — old lady
Shǐ — surname Shi
gěi — 1. to 2. for 3. for the benefit of 4. to give 5. to allow 6. to do sth (for sb) 7. (grammatical equivalent of 被) 8. (grammatical equivalent of 把) 9. (sentence intensifier) (HSK 1)
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xìn — 1. letter 2. mail 3. classifier: 封 (fēng) 4. to trust 5. to believe 6. to profess faith in 7. truthful 8. confidence 9. trust 10. at will 11. at random (HSK 2)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
說出
shuō chū — 1. to speak out 2. to declare (one's view)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
zhēng — first month of the lunar year (HSK 1)
預備
yù bèi — 1. to prepare 2. to make ready 3. preparation 4. preparatory (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
迎接
yíng jiē — to welcome; to greet (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

“是北京纪老太史给竹君的信里说出的,竹君正预备著迎接他呢!”

"Before the Zhou and Qin dynasties there was no such thing as textual scholarship, and yet learning flourished all the more; nowadays there are many textual scholars with towering reputations, and yet forged books grow more popular by the day — I say all these textual scholars are men who steal fame and deceive the world.。”Today they lecture on poetics, tomorrow they busy themselves with philology, and in a few more days they'll be talking of governing the state and bringing peace to all under heaven — but boil it all down, their real aim is nothing more than the title of Hanlin Academician. I'd advise them to go and annotate the Biographies of the Cruel Officials instead — that way, once they've cinched their sashes and taken their place at court, moving from the Board of Rites to the Board of Civil Office, or heading the Court of Colonial Affairs, or being appointed Grand Secretary of the Cabinet, they'll already have a model to follow."

Zhōu — 1. surname Zhou 2. Zhou Dynasty (1046–256 BC) (HSK 2)
Qín — 1. surname Qin 2. Qin dynasty (221–207 BC) of the first emperor 秦始皇 (Qín Shǐ huáng) 3. short name for 陝西 (Shǎn xī)
以上
yǐ shàng — 1. that level or higher; that amount or more 2. the above-mentioned 3. (used to indicate that one has completed one's remarks) That is all. (HSK 2)
bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
考據
kǎo jù — textual criticism
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
學術
xué shù — 1. learning 2. science 3. academic 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
反而
fǎn ér — on the contrary; instead (HSK 4)
昌明
chāng míng — flourishing; thriving
近來
jìn lái — 1. recently 2. lately (HSK 5)
大名鼎鼎
dà míng dǐng dǐng — 1. grand reputation 2. renowned 3. famous (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
考據
kǎo jù — textual criticism
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
偽書
wěi shū — 1. forged book 2. book of dubious authenticity 3. misattributed book 4. Apocrypha
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
風行
fēng xíng — 1. to become fashionable 2. to catch on 3. to be popular
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
那些
nà xiē — those (HSK 1)
考據
kǎo jù — textual criticism
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to steal 2. to rob 3. to plunder 4. thief 5. bandit 6. robber (HSK 7-9)
míng — 1. name 2. noun (part of speech) 3. place (e.g. among winners) 4. famous 5. classifier for people (HSK 2)
qī — 1. to take unfair advantage of 2. to deceive 3. to cheat
Shì — surname Shi
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
今日
jīn rì — today (HSK 5)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
明日
míng rì — tomorrow (HSK 6)
lòng — 1. lane 2. alley (HSK 2)
訓詁
xùn gǔ — to interpret and make glossaries and commentaries on classic texts
zài — 1. again; once more; re- 2. further; beyond this point of time 3. (before an adjective) more 4. then (after sth, and not until then) 5. no matter how ... (followed by an adjective or verb, and then (usually) 也 (yě) or 都 (dōu) for emphasis) 6. (used to introduce additional information, as in 再則 (zài zé), 再就是 (zài jiù shì) etc) 7. (literary) to reappear; to reoccur (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
幾天
jǐ tiān — several days
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Tán — surname Tan (HSK 3)
治國
zhì guó — to rule a country
平天下
píng tiān xià — to pacify the country
jiǔ — 1. nine 2. 9 (HSK 1)
九歸
jiǔ guī — abacus division rules (using a single-digit divisor)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
目的
mù dì — purpose; aim; goal; target; objective (HSK 2)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
不外乎
bù wài hū — nothing else but
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
翰林學士
Hàn lín xué shì — members of the Hanlin Imperial Academy 翰林院, employed as imperial secretaries from the Tang onwards
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xián — 1. bit (of a bridle) 2. to hold in the mouth 3. to harbor (feelings) 4. to link 5. to accept 6. rank 7. title
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
quàn — 1. to advise 2. to urge 3. to try to persuade 4. to exhort 5. to console 6. to soothe (HSK 5)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
sān — three (banker's anti-fraud numeral)
zhù — 1. (bound form) to pour into; to flow into; to inject 2. (bound form) to focus (one's spirit, gaze etc) on a single point; to concentrate 3. (bound form) stake (in gambling) 4. classifier for stakes, sums of money, transactions or beams of light 5. variant of 註 (zhù) (HSK 7-9)
kù — 1. ruthless 2. strong (e.g. of wine) 3. (loanword) cool 4. hip (HSK 6)
lì — minor government official or functionary (old)
chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
將來
jiāng lái — 1. in the future 2. future 3. the future 4. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
Shù — surname Shu (HSK 3)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
Lì — surname Li (HSK 5)
yú — 1. (of time or place) in; at; on 2. (indicating any indirect relation) to; toward; vis-à-vis; with regard to; for 3. (indicating a source) from; out of 4. (used in comparison) than 5. (used in the passive voice) by (HSK 6)
Cháo — abbr. for 朝鮮 (Cháo xiǎn) Korea (HSK 3)
yóu — 1. to follow 2. from 3. because of; due to 4. by; via; through 5. (before a noun and a verb) it is for ... to ... (HSK 3)
禮部
Lǐ bù — Ministry of (Confucian) Rites (in imperial China)
ér — 1. and 2. as well as 3. and so 4. but (not) 5. yet (not) 6. (indicates causal relation) 7. (indicates change of state) 8. (indicates contrast) (HSK 4)
吏部
Lì bù — Ministry of Appointments (in imperial China)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
lǐng — 1. neck 2. collar 3. to lead 4. to receive 5. classifier for clothes, mats, screens etc (HSK 3)
lǐ — 1. texture 2. grain (of wood) 3. inner essence 4. intrinsic order 5. reason 6. logic 7. truth 8. science 9. natural science (esp. physics) 10. to manage 11. to pay attention to 12. to run (affairs) 13. to handle 14. to put in order 15. to tidy up (HSK 6)
fān — 1. fence; hedge 2. (literary) screen; barrier 3. vassal state 4. Taiwan pr. (fán)
yuàn — 1. courtyard 2. institution 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
bài — 1. to bow to; to pay one's respects 2. (bound form) to extend greetings (on a specific occasion) 3. to make a courtesy call 4. (bound form) (of a monarch) to appoint sb to (a position) by performing a ceremony 5. to acknowledge sb as one's (master, godfather etc) 6. (used before some verbs to indicate politeness)
內閣
nèi gé — (government) cabinet (HSK 7-9)
大學
Dà xué — the Great Learning, one of the Four Books 四書 (Sì shū) in Confucianism (HSK 1)
Shì — surname Shi
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
照樣
zhào yàng — 1. as before 2. (same) as usual 3. in the same manner 4. still 5. nevertheless (HSK 6)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)

“周秦以上并没有考据学,学术反而昌明,近来大名鼎鼎的考据学家很多,伪书却日见风行,我看那些考据学家都是盗名欺世的。他们今日讲诗学,明日弄训诂,再过几天,又要来谈治国平天下,九九归原,他们的目的,总不外乎一个翰林学士的衔头,我劝他们还是去参注酷吏传的好,将来束带立于朝,由礼部而吏部,或领理藩院,或拜内阁大学士的时候,倒好照样去做。”

?”"There you go raving again — aren't you afraid people will say you're just jealous of other men's great reputations?"

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
chī — variant of 痴 (chī)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
不怕
bù pà — 1. fearless 2. not worried (by setbacks or difficulties) 3. even if 4. even though
旁人
páng rén — 1. other people 2. bystanders 3. onlookers 4. outsiders
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
妒忌
dù jì — 1. to be jealous of (sb's achievements etc) 2. to be envious 3. envy (HSK 7-9)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
大名
Dà míng — see 大名縣 (Dà míng Xiàn)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle

“你又要发痴了,你不怕旁人说你在妒忌人家的大名的么?”

"Even supposing I were jealous of their great reputations, my heart is still far more honest and open than theirs — theirs, with their big words deceiving the world and casting out all who differ from them!。”At least I am not out to destroy other people, and I do not grovel in filth and baseness to curry favor with the world."

即使
jí shǐ — even if; even though (HSK 5)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
妒忌
dù jì — 1. to be jealous of (sb's achievements etc) 2. to be envious 3. envy (HSK 7-9)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
大名
Dà míng — see 大名縣 (Dà míng Xiàn)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
心地
xīn dì — character
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
大言
dà yán — 1. to exaggerate 2. to boast
qī — 1. to take unfair advantage of 2. to deceive 3. to cheat
Shì — surname Shi
排斥
pái chì — 1. to reject 2. to exclude 3. to eliminate 4. to remove 5. to repel (HSK 7-9)
異己
yì jǐ — 1. dissident 2. alien 3. outsider 4. non-self 5. others
光明
guāng míng — 1. light 2. radiance 3. (fig.) bright (prospects etc) 4. openhearted (HSK 3)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
lǐ — mile
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
究竟
jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)
不在
bù zài — 1. not to be present 2. to be out 3. (euphemism) to pass away 4. to be deceased
陷害
xiàn hài — 1. to entrap 2. to set up 3. to frame (up) 4. to make false charges against
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
不在
bù zài — 1. not to be present 2. to be out 3. (euphemism) to pass away 4. to be deceased
卑污
bēi wū — 1. despicable and filthy 2. foul
Gǒu — surname Gou
jiàn — 1. inexpensive 2. lowly 3. despicable 4. (bound form) (humble) my (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
迎合
yíng hé — 1. to cater to 2. to pander to (HSK 7-9)
世人
shì rén — people (in general); people around the world; everyone

“即使我在妒忌人家的大名,我的心地,却比他们的大言欺世,排斥异己,光明得多哩!我究竟不在陷害人家,不在卑污苟贱的迎合世人。”

"Zhongze!?”Are you crying?"

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
kū — to cry; to weep (HSK 2)
má — exclamatory final particle

“仲则!你在哭么?”

。”"I'm in a rage."

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
發氣
fā qì — to get angry

“我在发气。”

?”"Angry about what?"

qì — 1. gas; air 2. smell 3. weather 4. to make angry; to annoy; to get angry 5. vital energy; qi (HSK 2)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)

“气什么?”

!”"Damn those future tyrant-officials who hang out a sheep's head to sell dog meat!"

qì — 1. gas; air 2. smell 3. weather 4. to make angry; to annoy; to get angry 5. vital energy; qi (HSK 2)
那些
nà xiē — those (HSK 1)
掛羊頭賣狗肉
guà yáng tóu mài gǒu ròu — 1. lit. to hang a sheep's head while selling dog meat (idiom) 2. fig. to cheat 3. dishonest advertising 4. wicked deeds carried out under banner of virtue
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
未來
wèi lái — 1. future 2. tomorrow 3. classifier: 個 (gè) 4. approaching 5. coming 6. pending (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
kù — 1. ruthless 2. strong (e.g. of wine) 3. (loanword) cool 4. hip (HSK 6)
lì — minor government official or functionary (old)

“气那些挂羊头卖狗肉的未来的酷吏!”

?”"What quarrel do you have with Dai Dongyuan?"

Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)
Qiú — surname Qiu (HSK 7-9)

“戴东原与你有什么仇?”

。”"I have no particular quarrel with Dai Dongyuan, but I hate evil as though it were my own enemy."

Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
Qiú — surname Qiu (HSK 7-9)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
疾惡如仇
jí è rú chóu — variant of 嫉惡如仇 (jí è rú chóu)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

“戴东原与我虽然没有什么仇,但我是疾恶如仇的。”

。”"You've only just recovered from your illness, and here you are worked up like this again — tonight it's my fault, Zhongze. It isn't worth getting angry over such worthless people. I still have a bottle of Shaoxing wine in my room — let's go drink."

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
bìng — 1. illness 2. classifier: 場 (cháng) 3. disease 4. to fall ill 5. defect (HSK 1)
剛好
gāng hǎo — 1. just 2. exactly 3. to happen to be (HSK 6)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
憤激
fèn jī — 1. indignant 2. outraged
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
這個
zhè ge — 1. (pronoun) this 2. (adjective) this
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
今晚
jīn wǎn — tonight
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
可是
kě shì — 1. but; however 2. (used for emphasis) indeed (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
hài — 1. to do harm to 2. to cause trouble to 3. harm 4. evil 5. calamity (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
為了
wèi le — for; for the purpose of; in order to (HSK 3)
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
無聊
wú liáo — 1. bored 2. boring 3. senseless (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
嘔氣
òu qì — variant of 慪氣 (òu qì)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
犯不著
fàn bu zháo — not worthwhile
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
píng — 1. bottle 2. vase 3. pitcher 4. classifier: 個 (gè) 5. classifier for wine and liquids (HSK 2)
紹興酒
Shào xīng jiǔ — Shaoxing wine a.k.a. "yellow wine", traditional Chinese wine made from glutinous rice and wheat
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

“你病刚好,又愤激得这个样子,今晚上可是我害了你了,仲则,我们为了这些无聊的人呕气也犯不著,我房里还有一瓶绍兴酒在,去喝酒去吧。”

He and Hong Zhicun had drunk together the night before until the cocks crowed before going to sleep, so this morning, when the sun was already shining on the flower bed outside his window, he had still not risen.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
Hóng — surname Hong
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
昨晚
zuó wǎn — 1. yesterday evening 2. last night
喝酒
hē jiǔ — to drink (alcohol)
hē — 1. to drink 2. variant of 嗬 (hē) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
今朝
jīn zhāo — 1. (dialect) today 2. (literary) the present; this age
早晨
zǎo chén — 1. early morning 2. also pr. (zǎo chen) (HSK 2)
太陽
tài yang — 1. sun 2. sunlight; sunshine 3. temple (on the side of the human head) (abbr. for 太陽穴 (tài yáng xué)) (HSK 2)
shè — 1. to shoot 2. to launch 3. to allude to 4. radio- (chemistry) (HSK 5)
zhào — 1. according to 2. in accordance with 3. to shine 4. to illuminate 5. to reflect 6. to look at (one's reflection) 7. to take (a photo) 8. photo 9. as requested 10. as before (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
chuāng — 1. window 2. classifier: 扇 (shàn)
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
花壇
huā tán — decorative mass planting of flowers and shrubs, often bounded by a low masonry border, and often part of a streetscape
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
未曾
wèi céng — hasn't (or haven't); hasn't ever
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)

他与洪稚存两人,昨晚喝酒喝到鸡叫才睡,所以今朝早晨太阳射照在他窗外的花坛上的时候,他还未曾起来。

Outside the door it was again a clear, cool, fine day, the deep blue sky stretching up so high it seemed vast and boundless.Even the shadows of the birds flitting past his window carried something of autumn's melancholy.The leaves of the few paulownia trees outside Zhongze's window, in the vast light of that white day, though there was no wind at all, drifted down of their own accord in desolate silence.

門外
mén wài — outside the door
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
Qīng — 1. Qing (Wade-Giles: Ch'ing) dynasty of China (1644–1911) 2. surname Qing (HSK 6)
Lěng — surname Leng (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
天氣
tiān qì — weather (HSK 1)
gàn — violet or purple
bì — 1. green jade 2. bluish green 3. blue 4. jade
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
天空
tiān kōng — sky (HSK 3)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
渺渺茫茫
miǎo miǎo máng máng — 1. uncertain 2. unknown 3. fuzzy
chuāng — 1. window 2. classifier: 扇 (shàn)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
飛過
fēi guò — 1. to fly over 2. to fly past
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
鳥雀
niǎo què — bird
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
影子
yǐng zi — 1. shadow 2. reflection 3. (fig.) hint 4. indication 5. influence 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
帶有
dài yǒu — to have as a feature or characteristic; to have an element of (confidence, sweetness, malevolence etc); to carry (a pathogen, connotation etc) (HSK 5)
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)
悲涼
bēi liáng — 1. sorrowful 2. dismal
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Qiū — surname Qiu
yì — 1. (bound form) idea; thought; meaning; sense 2. (bound form) intention; feeling; inclination; state of mind 3. (bound form) Italy (abbr. for 意大利 (Yì dà lì))
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
chuāng — 1. window 2. classifier: 扇 (shàn)
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
zhū — 1. tree trunk 2. stump (tree root) 3. a plant 4. classifier for trees or plants 5. strain (biology) 6. to involve others (in shady business) (HSK 7-9)
梧桐
wú tóng — 1. wutong (Firmiana platanifolia) 2. Chinese parasol tree
樹葉
shù yè — tree leaves (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
浩浩
hào hào — 1. vast 2. expansive (universe) 3. torrential (floods)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
白日
bái rì — 1. daytime 2. sun 3. time
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
雖然
suī rán — although; even though (often used correlatively with 可是 (kě shì) or 但是 (dàn shì) etc) (HSK 2)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
蕭索
xiāo suǒ — 1. bleak 2. desolate 3. melancholy
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
自在
zì zai — comfortable; at ease (HSK 6)
凋落
diāo luò — 1. to wither (and drop off) 2. to wilt 3. to pass away

门外又是一天清冷的好天气,绀碧的天空,高得渺渺茫茫。窗前飞过的鸟雀的影子,也带有些悲凉的秋意。仲则窗外的几株梧桐树叶,在这浩浩的白日里,虽然无风,也萧索地自在凋落。

Not until the sun's rays reached his southwest-facing window did Zhongze wake; he stretched a hand out from under the quilt, lifted the bed-curtain aside, and glanced toward the window — the bright light struck his eyes so sharply that he felt a little dizzy.He let the curtain fall again, closed his eyes, and dozed a while longer under the quilt; the excited state of the night before had already passed, leaving only the chirr of autumn insects, the sparse shadow of the paulownia, and the glow of cloud and moon as memories of that night, still imprinted on his mind this morning. Opening his eyes again, he stared blankly at the top of the bed-curtain for a while, and then the feelings of recalling his youth from the night before came welling back to him.By the time his thoughts had reached this point, his urge to create had already begun to stir.Sitting up from under the quilt, he threw a robe over his shoulders, and shuffling into his shoes, walked straight to his desk.Casually picking up a torn scrap of paper on the desk and an ink-brush, he crossed his arms in thought and wrote out a poem:

一直
yī zhí — 1. straight (in a straight line) 2. continuously; always; all the way through (HSK 2)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
太陽
tài yang — 1. sun 2. sunlight; sunshine 3. temple (on the side of the human head) (abbr. for 太陽穴 (tài yáng xué)) (HSK 2)
照射
zhào shè — 1. to shine on 2. to light up 3. to irradiate
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Cháo — abbr. for 朝鮮 (Cháo xiǎn) Korea (HSK 3)
西南
xī nán — southwest (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
chuāng — 1. window 2. classifier: 扇 (shàn)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
xǐng — 1. to wake up 2. to be awake 3. to become aware 4. to sober up 5. to come to (HSK 4)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
伸出
shēn chū — to extend
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
撩開
liāo kai — to push aside (clothing, curtain etc) to reveal something; to toss aside
帳子
zhàng zi — 1. mosquito net 2. classifier: 頂 (dǐng) (HSK 7-9)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
chuāng — 1. window 2. classifier: 扇 (shàn)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
qíng — 1. clear 2. fine (weather) (HSK 2)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
shè — 1. to shoot 2. to launch 3. to allude to 4. radio- (chemistry) (HSK 5)
mù — 1. eye 2. (literary) to look; to regard 3. eye (of a net); mesh 4. mesh size; grit size (abbr. for 目數 (mù shù)) 5. item; section 6. list; catalogue 7. (taxonomy) order 8. name; title
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
感覺
gǎn jué — 1. feeling; impression; sensation 2. to feel; to perceive (HSK 2)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
眩暈
xuàn yùn — 1. vertigo 2. dizziness 3. fainting 4. feeling of swaying, head spinning, lack of balance or floating (e.g. from a stroke) 5. Taiwan pr. (xuàn yūn)
réng — 1. still; yet 2. to remain 3. (literary) frequently; often (HSK 3)
fù — 1. to repeat 2. to double 3. to overlap 4. complex (not simple) 5. compound 6. composite 7. double 8. diplo- 9. duplicate 10. overlapping 11. to duplicate
放下
fàng xià — 1. to lay down; to put down 2. to let go of; to relinquish; to set aside 3. to lower (the blinds etc) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
帳子
zhàng zi — 1. mosquito net 2. classifier: 頂 (dǐng) (HSK 7-9)
bì — 1. to close 2. to stop up 3. to shut 4. to obstruct (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Hū — surname Hu
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
昨天
zuó tiān — yesterday (HSK 1)
晚上
wǎn shang — 1. evening 2. night 3. classifier: 個 (gè) 4. in the evening (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
亢奮
kàng fèn — 1. excited 2. stimulated
狀態
zhuàng tài — condition; state; state of affairs (HSK 3)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
過去
guò qù — 1. (in the) past; former; previous 2. to go over; to pass by (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
只有
zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)
Qiū — surname Qiu
chóng — 1. lower form of animal life, including insects, insect larvae, worms and similar creatures 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo), 隻 (zhī) 3. (fig.) person with a particular undesirable characteristic
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
míng — 1. to cry (of birds, animals and insects) 2. to make a sound 3. to voice (one's gratitude, grievance etc)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
梧桐
wú tóng — 1. wutong (Firmiana platanifolia) 2. Chinese parasol tree
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shū — surname Shu
yǐng — 1. picture 2. image 3. film 4. movie 5. photograph 6. reflection 7. shadow 8. trace
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
Yún — 1. surname Yun 2. short name for Yunnan 雲南 (Yún nán) (HSK 2)
yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
光輝
guāng huī — 1. radiance 2. glory 3. brilliant 4. magnificent (HSK 6)
成了
chéng le — 1. to be done 2. to be ready 3. that's enough! 4. that will do!
昨夜
zuó yè — last night
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
記憶
jì yì — 1. to remember; to recall 2. memory (HSK 5)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
Yìn — 1. surname Yin 2. abbr. for 印度 (Yìn dù), India (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
早晨
zǎo chén — 1. early morning 2. also pr. (zǎo chen) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
nǎo — 1. brain 2. mind 3. head 4. essence
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
dāi — 1. foolish; stupid 2. expressionless; blank 3. variant of 待 (dāi) (HSK 5)
dāi — 1. foolish; stupid 2. expressionless; blank 3. variant of 待 (dāi) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
對帳
duì zhàng — variant of 對賬 (duì zhàng)
dǐng — 1. apex 2. crown of the head 3. top 4. roof 5. most 6. to carry on the head 7. to push to the top 8. to go against 9. to replace 10. to substitute 11. to be subjected to (an aerial bombing, hailstorm etc) 12. (slang) to "bump" a forum thread to raise its profile 13. classifier for headwear, hats, veils etc (HSK 4)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
昨夜
zuó yè — last night
追憶
zhuī yì — 1. to recollect 2. to recall (past times) 3. to look back
少年
shào nián — 1. early youth 2. youngster 3. (literary) youth; young man (HSK 2)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
情緒
qíng xù — 1. mood 2. state of mind 3. moodiness 4. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) (HSK 6)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
想到
xiǎng dào — 1. to think of 2. to call to mind 3. to anticipate (HSK 2)
這裡
zhè lǐ — here (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
創作
chuàng zuò — 1. to create; to produce; to write 2. a creative work; a creation (HSK 3)
yù — 1. to wish for 2. to desire 3. variant of 慾 (yù)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
抬頭
tái tóu — 1. to raise one's head; to look up 2. (fig.) to begin to emerge; to show signs of growth 3. (commerce) account name, or space for writing the name on checks, bills etc (HSK 5)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
衣服
yī fu — 1. clothes 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 套 (tào) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
pī — 1. to drape over one's shoulders 2. to open 3. to unroll 4. to split open 5. to spread out (HSK 5)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
tuō — 1. to drag 2. to tow 3. to trail 4. to hang down 5. to mop (the floor) 6. to delay 7. to drag on (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xié — 1. shoe 2. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
上書
shàng shū — 1. to write a letter (to the authorities) 2. to present a petition
zhuō — 1. table 2. desk 3. classifier for tables of guests at a banquet etc
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
上去
shàng qù — to go up (HSK 3)
隨便
suí biàn — 1. as one wishes 2. as one pleases 3. at random 4. negligent 5. casual 6. wanton (HSK 2)
拿起
ná qǐ — to pick up
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
zhuō — 1. table 2. desk 3. classifier for tables of guests at a banquet etc
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
pò — 1. broken 2. damaged 3. worn out 4. lousy 5. rotten 6. to break, split or cleave 7. to get rid of 8. to destroy 9. to break with 10. to defeat 11. to capture (a city etc) 12. to expose the truth of (HSK 3)
zhǐ — 1. paper (classifier: 張 (zhāng), 沓 (dá)) 2. classifier for documents, letters etc (HSK 2)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
zhī — 1. branch 2. classifier for sticks, rods, pencils etc (HSK 6)
墨筆
mò bǐ — writing brush
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
chā — 1. fork 2. pitchfork 3. prong 4. pick 5. cross 6. intersect 7. "X" (HSK 5)
手寫
shǒu xiě — to write by hand
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)

一直等太阳照射到他的朝西南的窗下的时候,仲则才醒,从被里伸出了一只手,撩开帐子,向窗上一望,他觉得晴光射目,竟感觉得有些眩晕。仍复放下了帐子,闭了眼睛,在被里睡了一忽,他的昨天晚上的亢奋状态已经过去了,只有秋虫的鸣声,梧桐的疏影和云月的光辉,成了昨夜的记忆,还印在他的今天早晨的脑里,又开了眼睛呆呆的对帐顶看了一回,他就把昨夜追忆少年时候的情绪想了出来。想到这里,他的创作欲已经抬头起来了。从被里坐起,把衣服一披,他拖了鞋就走上书桌边上去。随便拿起了一张桌上的破纸和一枝墨笔,他就叉手写出了一首诗来:

The katydids' cries have ceased, mist lies on the sparse paulownias; the dew's white brilliance spreads a chill without end.

lào — small net
wěi — 1. latitude 2. woof (horizontal thread in weaving) 3. weft
tí — 1. (bound form) to cry; to weep loudly 2. (bound form) (of a bird or animal) to crow; to hoot; to screech
xiē — 1. to rest 2. to take a break 3. to stop 4. to halt 5. (dialect) to sleep 6. a moment 7. a short while (HSK 5)
Shū — surname Shu
wú — Sterculia platanifolia
yān — 1. cigarette or pipe tobacco 2. classifier: 根 (gēn) 3. smoke 4. mist 5. vapour 6. classifier: 縷 (lǚ) 7. tobacco plant 8. (of the eyes) to be irritated by smoke (HSK 3)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 6)
Huá — abbr. for China
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
Liáng — the five Liang of the Sixteen Kingdoms, namely: Former Liang 前涼 (314-376), Later Liang 後涼 (386-403), Northern Liang 北涼 (398-439), Southern Liang 南涼 (Nán Liáng) (397-414), Western Liang 西涼 (400-421) (HSK 2)
無邊
wú biān — 1. without boundary 2. not bordered (HSK 6)

络纬啼歇疏梧烟,露华一白凉无边。

Thin clouds drift faintly, the moon sinks into the sea; the ranked stars flicker and sway, wind fills the whole sky.

xiān — 1. fine 2. delicate 3. minute
Yún — 1. surname Yun 2. short name for Yunnan 雲南 (Yún nán) (HSK 2)
Wēi — 1. surname Wei 2. ancient Chinese state near present-day Chongqing 3. Taiwan pr. (Wéi)
dàng — 1. to wash 2. to squander 3. to sweep away 4. to move 5. to shake 6. dissolute 7. pond
yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)
chén — 1. to submerge 2. to immerse 3. to sink 4. to keep down 5. to lower 6. to drop 7. deep 8. profound 9. heavy (HSK 4)
Hǎi — surname Hai (HSK 2)
liè — 1. to arrange 2. to line up 3. file 4. series 5. (in data tables) column 6. (Tw) row (HSK 4)
宿
Sù — surname Su
luàn — 1. in confusion or disorder 2. in a confused state of mind 3. disorder 4. upheaval 5. riot 6. illicit sexual relations 7. to throw into disorder 8. to mix up 9. indiscriminate 10. random 11. arbitrary (HSK 3)
Yáo — surname Yao (HSK 4)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
滿天
mǎn tiān — whole sky

纤云微荡月沉海,列宿乱摇风满天。

Who is it, singing a song at midnight? Following the winding sound to the empty terraces and pavilions.

shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
一聲
yī shēng — first tone in Mandarin (high, level tone)
歌子
gē zi — song
yè — night (HSK 2)
xún — 1. to search 2. to look for 3. to seek (HSK 7-9)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
宛轉
wǎn zhuǎn — 1. sinuous 2. meandering 3. to take a circuitous route 4. to toss about 5. vicissitudes 6. variant of 婉轉 (wǎn zhuǎn)
kōng — 1. empty 2. air 3. sky 4. in vain (HSK 3)
Tái — 1. Taiwan (abbr.) 2. surname Tai (HSK 3)
xiè — pavilion

谁人一声歌子夜,寻声宛转空台榭。

Long notes and short, and now the cocks crow on and on; the cold light of dawn and the song's echoes flash and clash together.

shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
duǎn — 1. short 2. brief 3. to lack 4. weak point 5. fault (HSK 2)
jī — 1. fowl 2. chicken 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī) 4. (slang) prostitute (HSK 2)
xù — 1. to continue 2. to replenish (HSK 7-9)
míng — 1. to cry (of birds, animals and insects) 2. to make a sound 3. to voice (one's gratitude, grievance etc)
曙色
shǔ sè — the light of early dawn
Lěng — surname Leng (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
Xiāng — surname Xiang
jī — 1. to arouse 2. to incite 3. to excite 4. to stimulate 5. sharp 6. fierce 7. violent
shè — 1. to shoot 2. to launch 3. to allude to 4. radio- (chemistry) (HSK 5)

声长声短鸡续鸣,曙色冷光相激射。

Having written the last line, Zhongze set down his brush and, shaking his head, recited it over to himself again and again.Gazing blankly for a moment at the bright light outside the window, he picked up his brush again, bent low over the paper, and added the two characters "Autumn Night" before the poem, as its title.While washing his face with the water the servant had brought, his eyes still could not leave the lines he had just written, and he went on murmuring them softly to himself.

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
寫完
xiě wán — to finish writing
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
最後
zuì hòu — 1. final; last; ultimate 2. finally; in the end (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一句
yī jù — 1. a line of verse 2. a sentence
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
bǐ — 1. writing brush; writing implement (pen, pencil etc) (classifier: 支 (zhī), 枝 (zhī)) 2. brushstroke; stroke (in painting or calligraphy) 3. (bound form) style of writing; literary manner; technique of brushwork 4. (classifier) stroke of a Chinese character 5. (classifier) sum of money; financial transaction; piece of business 6. (literary) to write (with a brush or pen) (HSK 2)
gē — 1. to place 2. to put aside 3. to shelve (HSK 7-9)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
自己
zì jǐ — oneself; (attributive) one's own (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
搖頭
yáo tóu — to shake one's head (HSK 5)
反復
fǎn fù — variant of 反覆 (fǎn fù) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
吟誦
yín sòng — 1. to read aloud 2. to recite rhythmically 3. to chant 4. to intone (esp. poems in rhythm)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
好幾
hǎo jǐ — 1. several 2. quite a few
biàn — 1. everywhere 2. all over 3. classifier for actions: one time (HSK 2)
dāi — 1. foolish; stupid 2. expressionless; blank 3. variant of 待 (dāi) (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
chuāng — 1. window 2. classifier: 扇 (shàn)
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
qíng — 1. clear 2. fine (weather) (HSK 2)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
拿起
ná qǐ — to pick up
bǐ — 1. writing brush; writing implement (pen, pencil etc) (classifier: 支 (zhī), 枝 (zhī)) 2. brushstroke; stroke (in painting or calligraphy) 3. (bound form) style of writing; literary manner; technique of brushwork 4. (classifier) stroke of a Chinese character 5. (classifier) sum of money; financial transaction; piece of business 6. (literary) to write (with a brush or pen) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Fú — surname Fu
下身
xià shēn — 1. lower part of the body 2. genitalia 3. trousers
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
前面
qián miàn — 1. ahead 2. in front 3. preceding 4. above 5. also pr. (qián mian) (HSK 3)
tián — 1. to fill or stuff 2. (of a form etc) to fill in (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Qiū — surname Qiu
yè — night (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
zì — 1. letter 2. symbol 3. character 4. word 5. classifier: 個 (gè) 6. courtesy or style name traditionally given to males aged 20 in dynastic China (HSK 1)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
Tí — surname Ti (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
一邊
yī biān — 1. one side 2. either side 3. on the one hand 4. on the other hand 5. doing while (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)
僕役
pú yì — servant
拿來
ná lái — 1. to bring 2. to fetch 3. to get
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
Shuǐ — 1. surname Shui 2. Shui ethnic group (HSK 1)
洗面
xǐ miàn — facial cleansing
一邊
yī biān — 1. one side 2. either side 3. on the one hand 4. on the other hand 5. doing while (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
離開
lí kāi — to depart; to leave (HSK 2)
剛才
gāng cái — 1. just now 2. a moment ago (HSK 2)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
詩句
shī jù — 1. verse 2. classifier: 行 (háng)
微微
wēi wēi — 1. slight 2. faint 3. humble
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
réng — 1. still; yet 2. to remain 3. (literary) frequently; often (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
yín — 1. to chant; to recite 2. verse; song (often used in titles of classical poems) 3. (literary) to lament; to groan 4. (bound form) (in poetry) the cry of certain animals and insects 5. (music) rapid vibrato (technique for playing the guqin 古琴 (gǔ qín)) (cf. 猱 (náo), wide vibrato)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)

仲则写完了最后的一句,把笔搁下,自己就摇头反复的吟诵了好几遍。呆著向窗外的晴光一望,他又拿起笔来伏下身去,在诗的前面填了“秋夜”的两字,作了诗题。他一边在用仆役拿来的面水洗面,一边眼睛还不能离开刚才写好的诗句,微微的仍在吟著。

When he had finished washing, he did not even eat, but went out alone from the Education Commissioner's yamen, walking slowly straight toward Longjin Gate to the south.The mild mid-October sunlight, neither warm nor hot, lay scattered over the deserted streets of Taiping prefectural city.Beneath the pale blue, lofty sky, Zhongze passed out through Longjin Gate, crossed the Gushu Creek, and, keeping to the country road bordered with fine grass and yellow sand, pressed on toward the southeast.Beside the road stood a few small groves of mixed trees, already wearing the withered look of the fading season; the sickly leaves not yet fallen from the branches all carried a dull yellowish-grey hue, trembling faintly in the autumn wind.A few crows on the treetops, as if praising the clear weather, cawed out several times.Zhongze raised his head and looked, and saw the crows circling and wheeling in the clear sky, with the grove as their center.Beneath the trees was a patch of grass.Its color, too, had turned a little yellow.Around the grass lay many clean, bare paddies crisscrossing one another; the rice having all been harvested, only scattered stubble of the stalks remained, quietly basking in the sunlight.Zhongze glanced about him in every direction, and before he knew it had left the highway and wandered onto a small path along the paddy ridges, overgrown with withered grass.Crossing a bare, clean paddy field, he came to the grassy ground by the grove and sat down beneath the trees.After listening quietly for a while to the cawing of the crows, he raised his head and saw before him a range of autumn mountains, etched against the clear sky.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
xǐ — 1. to wash; to bathe 2. to develop (photographs) 3. to shuffle (cards etc) 4. to erase (a recording) (HSK 1)
完了
wán le — 1. to be finished 2. to be done for 3. ruined 4. gone to the dogs 5. oh no (HSK 5)
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
fàn — 1. cooked rice 2. classifier: 碗 (wǎn) 3. meal 4. classifier: 頓 (dùn) 5. (loanword) fan 6. devotee (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
走出
zǒu chū — to leave (a room etc); to go out through (a door etc)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
慢慢
màn màn — slowly; gradually (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
南面
nán miàn — 1. south side 2. south
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Lóng — surname Long (HSK 3)
Jīn — abbr. for Tianjin 天津 (Tiān jīn)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
走去
zǒu qù — to walk over (to)
十月
Shí yuè — 1. October 2. tenth month (of the lunar year)
中旬
zhōng xún — middle third of a month (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
和煦
hé xù — 1. warm 2. genial
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
陽光
yáng guāng — 1. sunshine 2. (of personality) upbeat; energetic 3. transparent (open to public scrutiny) (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
nuǎn — 1. warm 2. to warm (HSK 5)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
rè — 1. to warm up 2. to heat up 3. hot (of weather) 4. heat 5. fervent (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
灑滿
sǎ mǎn — to sprinkle over sth
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
冷清
lěng qīng — cold and cheerless; desolate; deserted
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
太平
Tài píng — see 太平區 (Tài píng Qū) (HSK 7-9)
府城
fǔ chéng — 1. capital of 府 prefecture (from Tang to Qing times) 2. prefectural seat
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
街上
jiē shang — 1. on the street 2. in town
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Lán — surname Lan (HSK 2)
Cāng — surname Cang
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
天底下
tiān dǐ xia — 1. in this world 2. under the sun
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Lóng — surname Long (HSK 3)
Jīn — abbr. for Tianjin 天津 (Tiān jīn)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
渡過
dù guò — 1. to cross over 2. to pass through (HSK 7-9)
gū — 1. paternal aunt 2. husband's sister 3. husband's mother (old) 4. nun 5. for the time being (literary)
shú — 1. ripe; mature 2. thoroughly cooked; done 3. familiar; acquainted 4. experienced; skilled 5. (of sleep etc) deep; profound 6. also pr. (shóu) (HSK 2)
xī — 1. creek 2. rivulet
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
沿
yán — 1. along 2. to follow (a line, tradition etc) 3. to carry on 4. to trim (a border with braid, tape etc) 5. border 6. edge (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. thin or slender 2. finely particulate 3. thin and soft 4. fine 5. delicate 6. trifling 7. (of a sound) quiet 8. frugal (HSK 4)
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
Shā — surname Sha
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
鄉間
xiāng jiān — 1. in the country 2. rural 3. pastoral
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
大道
dà dào — 1. main street 2. avenue (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
向著
xiàng zhe — 1. towards 2. facing (sb or sth) 3. (coll.) to side with 4. to favor (HSK 7-9)
東南
dōng nán — southeast (HSK 2)
前進
qián jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to forge ahead 3. to advance 4. onward (HSK 3)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
páng — 1. one side 2. other 3. different 4. lateral component of a Chinese character (such as 刂 (dāo), 亻 (rén) etc) (HSK 5)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
chǔ — 1. to reside 2. to live 3. to dwell 4. to be in 5. to be situated at 6. to stay 7. to get along with 8. to be in a position of 9. to deal with 10. to discipline 11. to punish (HSK 4)
小小
xiǎo xiǎo — 1. very small 2. very few 3. very minor
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zá — 1. mixed 2. miscellaneous 3. various 4. to mix (HSK 6)
樹林
Shù lín — Shulin city in New Taipei City 新北市 (Xīn běi shì), Taiwan (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
xiàn — 1. to appear 2. present 3. now 4. existing 5. current
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
凋落
diāo luò — 1. to wither (and drop off) 2. to wilt 3. to pass away
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
cuī — variant of 縗 (cuī)
Róng — surname Rong
zhī — 1. branch 2. classifier for sticks, rods, pencils etc (HSK 6)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
zhuì — 1. to fall 2. to drop 3. to weigh down (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bìng — 1. illness 2. classifier: 場 (cháng) 3. disease 4. to fall ill 5. defect (HSK 1)
Yè — surname Ye
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
Cāng — surname Cang
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhuó — 1. turbid 2. muddy 3. impure
sè — 1. color 2. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) 3. look 4. appearance 5. sex (HSK 4)
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Qiū — surname Qiu
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
Wēi — 1. surname Wei 2. ancient Chinese state near present-day Chongqing 3. Taiwan pr. (Wéi)
chàn — 1. to tremble 2. to shiver 3. to shake 4. to vibrate 5. Taiwan pr. (zhàn)
樹梢
shù shāo — the tip of a tree; treetop (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
烏鴉
wū yā — 1. crow 2. raven
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
讚美
zàn měi — 1. to admire 2. to praise 3. to eulogize (HSK 7-9)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
qíng — 1. clear 2. fine (weather) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
yā — 1. ah (used to express surprise) 2. (onom.) creaking (HSK 4)
yā — 1. ah (used to express surprise) 2. (onom.) creaking (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
抬起
tái qǐ — to lift up
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
烏鴉
wū yā — 1. crow 2. raven
Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)
樹林
Shù lín — Shulin city in New Taipei City 新北市 (Xīn běi shì), Taiwan (HSK 4)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
中心
zhōng xīn — center; heart; core (HSK 2)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
晴空
qíng kōng — clear sky; cloudless sky
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
飛舞
fēi wǔ — 1. to flutter 2. to dance in the breeze
dá — 1. (loanword) dozen 2. Taiwan pr. (dǎ) (HSK 1)
juān — 1. to confine 2. to lock up 3. to pen in (HSK 4)
shù — 1. tree 2. classifier: 棵 (kē) 3. to cultivate 4. to set up (HSK 1)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
一塊
yī kuài — 1. a piece; a chunk 2. (fig.) (coll.) (typically preceded by a specifier such as 這 (zhè)) aspect; area; dimension (Example: 情感這一塊 (qíng gǎn zhè yī kuài) "the emotional aspect (of it)") 3. (coll.) one yuan; a dollar 4. together; in the same place; in company
草地
cǎo dì — 1. lawn 2. meadow 3. sod 4. turf 5. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 2)
顏色
yán sè — 1. color 2. countenance 3. appearance 4. facial expression 5. pigment 6. dyestuff (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
Wēi — 1. surname Wei 2. ancient Chinese state near present-day Chongqing 3. Taiwan pr. (Wéi)
Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
草地
cǎo dì — 1. lawn 2. meadow 3. sod 4. turf 5. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
周圍
zhōu wéi — environs; surroundings; periphery (HSK 3)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
縱橫
zòng héng — 1. lit. warp and weft in weaving; vertically and horizontal 2. length and breadth 3. criss-crossed 4. able to move unhindered 5. abbr. for 合縱連橫 (Hé zòng Lián héng), School of Diplomacy during the Warring States Period (475-221 BC)
潔淨
jié jìng — 1. clean 2. to cleanse (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
Tián — surname Tian (HSK 6)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
dào — 1. paddy 2. rice (Oryza sativa)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
gē — 1. to cut 2. to cut apart (HSK 7-9)
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
liú — 1. to leave (a message etc) 2. to retain 3. to stay 4. to remain 5. to keep 6. to preserve (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
點點
Diǎn diǎn — Diandian (Chinese microblogging and social networking website)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
稻草
dào cǎo — rice straw (HSK 7-9)
gēn — 1. root 2. basis 3. classifier for long slender objects, e.g. cigarettes, guitar strings 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 5. radical (chemistry) (HSK 4)
zhū — 1. tree trunk 2. stump (tree root) 3. a plant 4. classifier for trees or plants 5. strain (biology) 6. to involve others (in shady business) (HSK 7-9)
jìng — 1. still 2. calm 3. quiet 4. not moving (HSK 3)
jìng — 1. still 2. calm 3. quiet 4. not moving (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
享受
xiǎng shòu — 1. to enjoy 2. to live it up 3. pleasure 4. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) (HSK 5)
陽光
yáng guāng — 1. sunshine 2. (of personality) upbeat; energetic 3. transparent (open to public scrutiny) (HSK 3)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
四面
sì miàn — all sides
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
不知不覺
bù zhī bù jué — (idiom) unconsciously; unwittingly (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
走入
zǒu rù — to walk into
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
cuī — variant of 縗 (cuī)
草叢
cǎo cóng — underbrush
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Tián — surname Tian (HSK 6)
chéng — raised path between fields
小路
xiǎo lù — minor road; lane; pathway; trail (HSK 7-9)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
走過
zǒu guò — 1. to walk past 2. to pass by (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一塊
yī kuài — 1. a piece; a chunk 2. (fig.) (coll.) (typically preceded by a specifier such as 這 (zhè)) aspect; area; dimension (Example: 情感這一塊 (qíng gǎn zhè yī kuài) "the emotional aspect (of it)") 3. (coll.) one yuan; a dollar 4. together; in the same place; in company
乾淨
gān jìng — 1. clean 2. neat (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
Tián — surname Tian (HSK 6)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
樹林
Shù lín — Shulin city in New Taipei City 新北市 (Xīn běi shì), Taiwan (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
草地
cǎo dì — 1. lawn 2. meadow 3. sod 4. turf 5. classifier: 片 (piàn) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
shù — 1. tree 2. classifier: 棵 (kē) 3. to cultivate 4. to set up (HSK 1)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
坐下
zuò xia — to sit down (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jìng — 1. still 2. calm 3. quiet 4. not moving (HSK 3)
jìng — 1. still 2. calm 3. quiet 4. not moving (HSK 3)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Hū — surname Hu
yā — crow
zào — 1. (literary) (of birds or insects) to chirp 2. (bound form) to make a cacophonous noise
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jǔ — 1. to lift 2. to hold up 3. to cite 4. to enumerate 5. to act 6. to raise 7. to choose 8. to elect 9. act 10. move 11. deed (HSK 2)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
前面
qián miàn — 1. ahead 2. in front 3. preceding 4. above 5. also pr. (qián mian) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一帶
yī dài — region; area (HSK 5)
Qiū — surname Qiu
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
huá — 1. to cut 2. to slash 3. to scratch (cut into the surface of sth) 4. to strike (a match) (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
晴朗
qíng lǎng — sunny and cloudless (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
天空
tiān kōng — sky (HSK 3)
中間
zhōng jiān — 1. the middle; the inside 2. in the middle; within; between; among 3. during; in the meantime (HSK 1)

他洗完了面,饭也不吃,便一个人走出了学使衙门,慢慢的只向南面的龙津门走去。十月中旬的和煦的阳光,不暖不热的洒满在冷清的太平府城的街上。仲则在蓝苍的高天底下,出了龙津门,渡过姑熟溪,尽沿了细草黄沙的乡间的大道,在向著东南前进。道旁有几处小小的杂树林,也已现出了凋落的衰容,枝头未坠的病叶,都带了黄苍的浊色,尽在秋风里微颤。树梢上有几只乌鸦,好像在那里赞美天晴的样子,呀呀的叫了几声。仲则抬起头来一看,见那几只乌鸦,以树林作了中心,却在晴空里飞舞打圈。树下一块草地。颜色也有些微黄了。草地的周围,有许多纵横洁净的白田,因为稻已割尽,只留了点点的稻草根株,静静的在享受阳光。仲则向四面一看,就不知不觉的从官道上,走入了一条衰草丛生的田塍小路里去。走过了一块干净的白田,到了那树林的草地上,他就在树下坐下了。静静地听了一忽鸦噪的声音,他举头却见了前面的一带秋山,划在晴朗的天空中间。

。”"We gaze at each other and never tire — only Jingting Mountain and I."

相看
xiāng kàn — 1. to look at one another 2. to take a good look at 3. to look upon
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
不厭
bù yàn — 1. not to tire of 2. not to object to
只有
zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)
jìng — 1. (bound form) respectful; to respect 2. to offer politely (HSK 7-9)
tíng — 1. pavilion 2. booth 3. kiosk 4. erect
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)

“相看两不厌,只有敬亭山。”

Having murmured this line to himself, he suddenly felt the urge to climb up high and gaze into the distance.Rising to his feet, he returned once more to the highway.After walking for about half an hour, he crossed a small bridge, and among the trees at the bridgehead suddenly noticed a few low thatched huts with mud walls.A white spotted dog lying in the sun on the open ground before the huts heard Zhongze's footsteps and began to growl.At the half-open door of one hut, a child of five or six ran out to peep at him.Since he was now near the foot of the mountain, Zhongze wanted to ask the way up Xiegong Mountain, and so he called out a question to the child who had run out.The child put a small finger in his mouth and, as if too shy to answer, ran back inside without a word.Because Zhongze had stopped and would not go on, the white spotted dog barked all the more fiercely.After a while, an old farm woman with a length of blue cloth wrapped about her head came out of the hut.Zhongze put on a smile and asked her most respectfully:

這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
niàn — 1. to read 2. to study (a subject) 3. to attend (a school) 4. to read aloud 5. to give (sb) a tongue-lashing (classifier: 頓 (dùn)) 6. to miss (sb) 7. idea 8. remembrance 9. twenty (banker's anti-fraud numeral corresponding to 廿 (niàn)) (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一句
yī jù — 1. a line of verse 2. a sentence
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
dòng — 1. (of sth) to move 2. to set in movement 3. to displace 4. to touch 5. to make use of 6. to stir (emotions) 7. to alter 8. abbr. for 動詞 (dòng cí), verb (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
登高望遠
dēng gāo wàng yuǎn — 1. to stand tall and see far (idiom); taking the long and broad view 2. acute foresight
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
心思
xīn si — 1. mind 2. thoughts 3. inclination 4. mood (HSK 7-9)
Lì — surname Li (HSK 5)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shēn — 1. body 2. life 3. oneself 4. personally 5. one's morality and conduct 6. the main part of a structure or body 7. pregnant 8. classifier for sets of clothes: suit, twinset 9. Kangxi radical 158
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
上來
shàng lái — 1. to come up 2. to approach 3. (verb complement indicating success) (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
半個
bàn ge — half of sth
鐘頭
zhōng tóu — (coll.) hour (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
小橋
Xiǎo Qiáo — Xiao Qiao, one of the Two Qiaos, according to Romance of the Three Kingdoms 三國演義 (Sān guó Yǎn yì), the two great beauties of ancient China
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
橋頭
qiáo tóu — 1. either end of a bridge 2. a bridgehead
樹林
Shù lín — Shulin city in New Taipei City 新北市 (Xīn běi shì), Taiwan (HSK 4)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
fā — 1. to send out 2. to show (one's feeling) 3. to issue 4. to develop 5. to make a bundle of money 6. classifier for gunshots (rounds) (HSK 2)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
jiā — 1. home 2. family 3. (polite) my (sister, uncle etc) 4. classifier for families or businesses 5. refers to the philosophical schools of pre-Han China 6. noun suffix for a specialist in some activity, such as a musician or revolutionary, corresponding to English -ist, -er, -ary or -ian 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
ní — 1. mud 2. clay 3. paste 4. pulp (HSK 6)
qiáng — 1. wall (classifier: 面 (miàn), 堵 (dǔ)) 2. (slang) to block (a website) (usu. in the passive: 被牆 (bèi qiáng)) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
ǎi — 1. (of a person) short 2. (of a wall etc) low 3. (of rank) inferior (to); lower (than) (HSK 4)
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
Shè — surname She
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
Shè — surname She
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
空地
kōng dì — air-to-surface (missile) (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
zhī — classifier for birds and certain animals, one of a pair, some utensils, vessels etc (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
太陽
tài yang — 1. sun 2. sunlight; sunshine 3. temple (on the side of the human head) (abbr. for 太陽穴 (tài yáng xué)) (HSK 2)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
tǎng — 1. to recline 2. to lie down (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
Huā — surname Hua (HSK 1)
quǎn — 1. (literary) dog 2. Kangxi radical 94
聽見
tīng jiàn — to hear (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
腳步
jiǎo bù — 1. footstep 2. step (HSK 5)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
嗚嗚
wū wū — (interj) boo hoo
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
bàn — 1. half 2. semi- 3. incomplete 4. (after a number) and a half (HSK 1)
yǎn — 1. to cover up; to conceal 2. to close (a door, book etc) 3. (coll.) to get (one's fingers etc) caught when closing a door or lid 4. (literary) to launch a surprise attack
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一家
yī jiā — 1. the whole family 2. the same family 3. the family ... (when preceded by a family name) 4. group
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
Shè — surname She
門口
mén kǒu — 1. doorway 2. gate 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
wǔ — 1. five 2. 5 (HSK 1)
liù — 1. six 2. 6 (HSK 1)
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
小孩
xiǎo hái — 1. child 2. classifier: 個 (gè)
跑出
pǎo chū — to run out
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
kuī — 1. to peep 2. to pry into
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
將近
jiāng jìn — 1. almost 2. nearly 3. close to (HSK 3)
山麓
shān lù — foothills
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
一聲
yī shēng — first tone in Mandarin (high, level tone)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Xiè — surname Xie
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
如何
rú hé — 1. how 2. what way 3. what (HSK 3)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
Fǎ — 1. France 2. French 3. abbr. for 法國 (Fǎ guó) 4. Taiwan pr. (Fà) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
跑出
pǎo chū — to run out
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
小孩
xiǎo hái — 1. child 2. classifier: 個 (gè)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一聲
yī shēng — first tone in Mandarin (high, level tone)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
小孩
xiǎo hái — 1. child 2. classifier: 個 (gè)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
手指頭
shǒu zhǐ tou — 1. fingertip 2. finger
hán — 1. to keep in the mouth 2. to contain (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
嘴裡
zuǐ lǐ — 1. mouth 2. in the mouth 3. on one's lips 4. speech 5. words
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
怕羞
pà xiū — 1. coy 2. shy 3. bashful
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
yǔ — 1. dialect 2. language 3. speech
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
dā — bound form having the same meaning as the free word 答 (dá), used in 答應 (dā ying), 答理 (dā li) etc (HSK 5)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
páo — (of an animal) to paw (the ground) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
進去
jìn qù — to go in (HSK 1)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
Huā — surname Hua (HSK 1)
quǎn — 1. (literary) dog 2. Kangxi radical 94
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
站住
zhàn zhù — 1. to come to a stop; to halt 2. to keep one's footing; to stay upright 3. (fig.) to hold one's ground; to gain a firm foothold 4. (of an assertion etc) to hold up; to be tenable (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
更加
gèng jiā — 1. more (than sth else) 2. even more (HSK 3)
利害
lì hài — 1. pros and cons 2. advantages and disadvantages 3. gains and losses (HSK 7-9)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一會
yī huì — 1. a moment 2. a while 3. in a moment 4. also pr. (yī huǐ)
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
Shè — surname She
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
走出
zǒu chū — to leave (a room etc); to go out through (a door etc)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
頭上
tóu shàng — 1. overhead 2. above
Bāo — surname Bao (HSK 1)
Qīng — short name for Qinghai 青海 (Qīng hǎi) (HSK 5)
bù — 1. cloth 2. to declare 3. to announce 4. to spread 5. to make known (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
lǎo — 1. prefix used before the surname of a person or a numeral indicating the order of birth of the children in a family or to indicate affection or familiarity 2. old (of people) 3. venerable (person) 4. experienced 5. of long standing 6. always 7. all the time 8. of the past 9. very 10. outdated 11. (of meat etc) tough (HSK 1)
農婦
nóng fù — 1. peasant woman (in former times) 2. female farm worker
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
笑容
xiào róng — 1. smile 2. smiling expression 3. classifier: 副 (fù) (HSK 6)
gōng — respectful
恭敬
gōng jìng — 1. deferential 2. respectful
jìng — 1. (bound form) respectful; to respect 2. to offer politely (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — she (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

这样的念了一句,他忽然动了登高望远的心思。立起了身,他就又回到官道上来了。走了半个钟头的样子,他过了一条小桥,在桥头树林里忽然发见了几家泥墙的矮草舍。草舍前空地上一只在太阳里躺著的白花犬,听见了仲则的脚步声,呜呜的叫了起来。半掩的一家草舍门口,有一个五六岁的小孩跑出来窥看他了。仲则因为将近山麓了,想问一声上谢公山是如何走法的,所以就对那跑出来的小孩问了一声。那小孩把小手指头含在嘴里,好像怕羞似的一语也不答又跑了进去。白花犬因为仲则站住不走了,所以叫得更加利害。过了一会,草舍门里又走出了一个头上包青布的老农妇来。仲则作了笑容恭恭敬敬的问她说:

?”"Old granny, do you know whether the mountain ahead is Xiegong Mountain?"

老婆
lǎo pó — (coll.) wife (HSK 4)
pó — 1. (bound form) grandmother 2. (bound form) matron 3. (bound form) mother-in-law 4. (slang) femme (in a lesbian relationship)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
可知
kě zhī — 1. evidently 2. clearly 3. no wonder 4. knowable
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
前面
qián miàn — 1. ahead 2. in front 3. preceding 4. above 5. also pr. (qián mian) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Xiè — surname Xie
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not

“老婆婆,你可知道前面的是谢公山不是?”

The old woman shook her head and said:

lǎo — 1. prefix used before the surname of a person or a numeral indicating the order of birth of the children in a family or to indicate affection or familiarity 2. old (of people) 3. venerable (person) 4. experienced 5. of long standing 6. always 7. all the time 8. of the past 9. very 10. outdated 11. (of meat etc) tough (HSK 1)
fù — woman
Yáo — surname Yao (HSK 4)
搖頭
yáo tóu — to shake one's head (HSK 5)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

老妇摇摇头说:

。”"The one ahead is Long Mountain."

前面
qián miàn — 1. ahead 2. in front 3. preceding 4. above 5. also pr. (qián mian) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
龍山
Lóng shān — 1. see 龍山縣 (Lóng shān Xiàn) 2. see 龍山區 (Lóng shān Qū)

“前面的是龙山。”

?”"Then where is Xiegong Mountain?"

那麼
nà me — 1. like that; in that way; to that extent 2. (before a number) ... or so; about ... 3. then; in that case (HSK 2)
Xiè — surname Xie
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
哪裡
nǎ lǐ — 1. where? 2. somewhere 3. anywhere 4. wherever 5. nowhere (negative answer to question) 6. humble expression denying compliment (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

“那么谢公山在哪里呢?”

。”"I don't know. To the left of Long Mountain is Qing Mountain — still more than three li off."

不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
龍山
Lóng shān — 1. see 龍山縣 (Lóng shān Xiàn) 2. see 龍山區 (Lóng shān Qū)
左面
zuǒ miàn — left side
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
青山
Qīng shān — see 青山區 (Qīng shān Qū)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
lā — 1. (onom.) sound of singing, cheering etc 2. (phonetic) 3. (dialect) to chat (HSK 6)

“不知道,龙山左面的是青山,还有三里多路啦。”

"Is it Qing Mountain??”Are there any graves on that mountain?"

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
青山
Qīng shān — see 青山區 (Qīng shān Qū)
má — exclamatory final particle
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
墳墓
fén mù — 1. grave 2. tomb (HSK 7-9)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

“是青山么?那山上有坟墓没有?”

!”"How could there not be graves!"

墳墓
fén mù — 1. grave 2. tomb (HSK 7-9)
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

“坟墓怎么会没有!”

。”"Yes — I asked it wrong. What I meant to ask about is Li Taibai's grave."

是的
shì de — 1. yes, that's right 2. variant of 似的 (shì de)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
Cuò — surname Cuo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)

“是的,我问错了,我要问的,是李太白的坟。”

。”"Oh, oh, Li Taibai's grave — that's halfway up the foot of Qing Mountain."

ō — 1. oh; ah (used to indicate realization) 2. also pr. (òu)
ō — 1. oh; ah (used to indicate realization) 2. also pr. (òu)
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)
má — exclamatory final particle
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
青山
Qīng shān — see 青山區 (Qīng shān Qū)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bàn — 1. half 2. semi- 3. incomplete 4. (after a number) and a half (HSK 1)
jiǎo — 1. foot 2. leg (of an animal or an object) 3. base (of an object) 4. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) 5. classifier for kicks (HSK 2)

“噢噢,李太白的坟么,就在青山的半脚。”

Hearing this, Zhongze was overjoyed; he thanked her and, lightening his steps, turned off along a narrow side path toward Xiegong Mountain in the southeast.Xiegong Mountain, it turned out, was Qing Mountain itself; the old countrywoman knew only of Li Taibai's grave, and did not know that Qing Mountain was also called Xiegong Mountain. Thinking this over, Zhongze felt deeply grateful, and could almost have knelt down to her in thanks.His all-too-easily-stirred feelings very nearly brought tears to his eyes again.He went on gradually, the path growing narrower and narrower, and the clumps of low mixed woods on either side becoming more and more frequent.After walking for about another half hour, he arrived at the foot of Qing Mountain.On the sloping path where fine grass grew in clumps, he met two woodcutting boys, singing mountain songs, who came walking down the mountain side by side, each shouldering a small load of firewood.He stopped in his tracks and again asked most respectfully:

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
喜歡
xǐ huan — to like; to be fond of (HSK 1)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
gào — 1. (bound form) to say; to tell 2. to announce; to report 3. to denounce 4. to file a lawsuit; to sue (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Xiè — surname Xie
fàng — 1. to put 2. to place 3. to release 4. to free 5. to let go 6. to let out 7. to set off (fireworks) (HSK 1)
qīng — 1. light 2. easy 3. gentle 4. soft 5. reckless 6. unimportant 7. frivolous 8. small in number 9. unstressed 10. neutral 11. to disparage (HSK 2)
腳步
jiǎo bù — 1. footstep 2. step (HSK 5)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
狹小
xiá xiǎo — narrow (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
歧路
qí lù — 1. divergent path 2. (fig.) wrong path
shé — 1. to snap 2. to break (a stick, a bone etc) 3. (bound form) to sustain a loss (in business) (HSK 4)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
東南
dōng nán — southeast (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Xiè — surname Xie
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
Xiè — surname Xie
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
原來
yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)
就是
jiù shì — 1. exactly; precisely 2. only; simply; just 3. (used correlatively with 也 (yě)) even; even if (HSK 3)
青山
Qīng shān — see 青山區 (Qīng shān Qū)
鄉下
xiāng xia — 1. countryside 2. rural area 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 7-9)
lǎo — 1. prefix used before the surname of a person or a numeral indicating the order of birth of the children in a family or to indicate affection or familiarity 2. old (of people) 3. venerable (person) 4. experienced 5. of long standing 6. always 7. all the time 8. of the past 9. very 10. outdated 11. (of meat etc) tough (HSK 1)
fù — woman
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
曉得
xiǎo de — to know (HSK 6)
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
曉得
xiǎo de — to know (HSK 6)
青山
Qīng shān — see 青山區 (Qīng shān Qū)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
míng — 1. name 2. noun (part of speech) 3. place (e.g. among winners) 4. famous 5. classifier for people (HSK 2)
Xiè — surname Xie
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
心裡
xīn li — 1. chest 2. heart; mind (HSK 2)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
感激
gǎn jī — 1. to be grateful 2. to appreciate 3. thankful (HSK 7-9)
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very
恨不得
hèn bu de — wishing one could do sth; to hate to be unable; itching to do sth (HSK 7-9)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
bài — 1. to bow to; to pay one's respects 2. (bound form) to extend greetings (on a specific occasion) 3. to make a courtesy call 4. (bound form) (of a monarch) to appoint sb to (a position) by performing a ceremony 5. to acknowledge sb as one's (master, godfather etc) 6. (used before some verbs to indicate politeness)
tā — she (HSK 1)
一下
yī xià — 1. (after a verb) a bit; a little (indicating brief duration, or softening the tone, or suggesting giving sth a try) 2. all at once; suddenly
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
hěn — 1. very; quite 2. (also, often used before an adjective without intensifying its meaning, i.e. as a meaningless syntactic element) (HSK 1)
Yì — 1. surname Yi 2. I Ching; Book of Changes (abbr. for 易經 (Yì jīng))
激動
jī dòng — 1. to move emotionally 2. to stir up (emotions) 3. to excite (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
感情
gǎn qíng — 1. emotion; sentiment 2. affection; feelings between two persons (HSK 3)
幾乎
jī hū — almost; nearly; practically (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
lèi — (bound form) tears; teardrops (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
漸漸
jiàn jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
前進
qián jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to forge ahead 3. to advance 4. onward (HSK 3)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
漸漸
jiàn jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)
zhǎi — 1. narrow 2. narrow-minded 3. badly off (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
兩旁
liǎng páng — both sides; either side
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zá — 1. mixed 2. miscellaneous 3. various 4. to mix (HSK 6)
shù — 1. tree 2. classifier: 棵 (kē) 3. to cultivate 4. to set up (HSK 1)
矮林
ǎi lín — 1. coppice 2. brushwood
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chǔ — 1. to reside 2. to live 3. to dwell 4. to be in 5. to be situated at 6. to stay 7. to get along with 8. to be in a position of 9. to deal with 10. to discipline 11. to punish (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
chǔ — 1. to reside 2. to live 3. to dwell 4. to be in 5. to be situated at 6. to stay 7. to get along with 8. to be in a position of 9. to deal with 10. to discipline 11. to punish (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
半個
bàn ge — half of sth
鐘頭
zhōng tóu — (coll.) hour (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
青山
Qīng shān — see 青山區 (Qīng shān Qū)
腳下
jiǎo xià — under the foot
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xì — 1. thin or slender 2. finely particulate 3. thin and soft 4. fine 5. delicate 6. trifling 7. (of a sound) quiet 8. frugal (HSK 4)
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
cù — 1. (bound form) to cluster; to pile up 2. cluster; pile 3. classifier for bunches, clusters, piles etc
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
山坡
shān pō — hillside (HSK 6)
xié — 1. inclined 2. slanting 3. oblique 4. tilting (HSK 5)
路上
lù shang — 1. on the road 2. on the way; en route (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
遇見
yù jiàn — to meet (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
kǎn — 1. to chop 2. to cut down 3. to throw sth at sb (HSK 7-9)
Chái — surname Chai
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
小孩
xiǎo hái — 1. child 2. classifier: 個 (gè)
chàng — 1. to sing 2. to call loudly 3. to chant (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
山歌
shān gē — 1. folk song 2. mountain song
tiāo — 1. to carry on a shoulder pole 2. to choose 3. to pick 4. to nitpick (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
jiān — 1. shoulder 2. to shoulder (responsibilities etc) (HSK 5)
duǎn — 1. short 2. brief 3. to lack 4. weak point 5. fault (HSK 2)
小的
xiǎo de — 1. (coll.) young child; the little one(s) of the family 2. (old) (humble) I; me; my (used by a commoner when speaking to an official)
Chái — surname Chai
dān — 1. to undertake 2. to carry 3. to shoulder 4. to take responsibility (HSK 7-9)
dòu — 1. to fight 2. to struggle 3. to condemn 4. to censure 5. to contend 6. to put together 7. coming together (HSK 7-9)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
下山
xià shān — 1. to go down a hill 2. (of the sun or moon) to set (HSK 7-9)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Lì — surname Li (HSK 5)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jiǎo — 1. foot 2. leg (of an animal or an object) 3. base (of an object) 4. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) 5. classifier for kicks (HSK 2)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
gōng — respectful
恭敬
gōng jìng — 1. deferential 2. respectful
jìng — 1. (bound form) respectful; to respect 2. to offer politely (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

仲则听了这话,喜欢得很,便告了谢,放轻脚步从一条狭小的歧路折向东南的谢公山去。谢公山原来就是青山,乡下老妇只晓得李太白的坟,却不晓得青山一名谢公山,仲则一想,心里觉得感激得很,恨不得想拜她一下。他的很易激动的感情,几乎又要使他下泪了。他渐渐的前进,路也渐渐窄了起来,路两旁的杂树矮林,也一处一处的多起来了。又走了半个钟头的样子,他走到青山脚下了。在细草簇生的山坡斜路上,他遇见了两个砍柴的小孩,唱著山歌,挑了两肩短小的柴担、斗头在走下山来。他立住了脚,又恭恭敬敬的问说:

?”"Little brothers, do you know where Li Taibai's grave is?"

xiǎo — 1. small 2. tiny 3. few 4. young (HSK 1)
兄弟
xiōng dì — 1. brothers 2. younger brother 3. classifier: 個 (gè) 4. I, me (humble term used by men in public speech) 5. brotherly 6. fraternal (HSK 4)
你們
nǐ men — you (plural) (HSK 1)
可知
kě zhī — 1. evidently 2. clearly 3. no wonder 4. knowable
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
哪裡
nǎ lǐ — 1. where? 2. somewhere 3. anywhere 4. wherever 5. nowhere (negative answer to question) 6. humble expression denying compliment (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)

“小兄弟,你们可知道李太白的坟是在哪里的?”

The two boys seemed not to hear him at all, and kept rushing straight on.Zhongze stepped aside to let them pass, and called out his question once more, raising his voice.Because they were absorbed in singing, they had not noticed Zhongze at all, so that when he asked the first time they had simply no idea that someone was on the path walking straight toward them; only when they reached his side and saw that he seemed to be asking something did they break off their singing and glance at him with a start of surprise.Hearing Zhongze's question, the boy in front pointed a hand back past Zhongze, and, as though seeking his companion's agreement, turned to look at the boy behind him and said:

liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
小孩
xiǎo hái — 1. child 2. classifier: 個 (gè)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
聽見
tīng jiàn — to hear (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
儘管
jǐn guǎn — 1. despite 2. although 3. even though 4. in spite of 5. unhesitatingly 6. do not hesitate (to ask, complain etc) 7. (go ahead and do it) without hesitating (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
向前
xiàng qián — 1. forward 2. onward (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
chōng — 1. (of water) to dash against 2. to mix with water 3. to infuse 4. to rinse 5. to flush 6. to develop (a film) 7. to rise in the air 8. to clash 9. to collide with (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
路旁
lù páng — roadside
一面
yī miàn — 1. one side 2. one aspect 3. simultaneously... (and...) 4. one's whole face (HSK 7-9)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
放聲
fàng shēng — 1. very loudly 2. at the top of one's voice
發問
fā wèn — 1. to question 2. to ask 3. to raise a question
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一次
yī cì — 1. first 2. first time 3. once 4. (math.) linear (of degree one)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
唱歌
chàng gē — to sing a song (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
注意
zhù yì — to take note of; to pay attention to (HSK 3)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
第一次
dì yī cì — the first time; for the first time
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
簡直
jiǎn zhí — simply; really (HSK 3)
不知
bù zhī — 1. not to know 2. unaware 3. unknowingly 4. fig. not to admit (defeat, hardships, tiredness etc) (HSK 7-9)
道路
dào lù — 1. road 2. path 3. way 4. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
dòu — 1. to fight 2. to struggle 3. to condemn 4. to censure 5. to contend 6. to put together 7. coming together (HSK 7-9)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jí — 1. and 2. to reach 3. up to 4. in time for (HSK 7-9)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
身邊
shēn biān — 1. at one's side 2. on hand (HSK 2)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
發問
fā wèn — 1. to question 2. to ask 3. to raise a question
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
xiē — 1. to rest 2. to take a break 3. to stop 4. to halt 5. (dialect) to sleep 6. a moment 7. a short while (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
歌唱
gē chàng — to sing (HSK 6)
忽而
hū ér — 1. suddenly 2. now (..., now...)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
jīng — 1. to startle 2. to be frightened 3. to be scared 4. alarm (HSK 7-9)
shì — (literary, or bound form) to look at
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一眼
yī yǎn — 1. a glance 2. a quick look 3. a glimpse (HSK 7-9)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
問話
wèn huà — 1. to ask sb a question 2. question
前面
qián miàn — 1. ahead 2. in front 3. preceding 4. above 5. also pr. (qián mian) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
小孩
xiǎo hái — 1. child 2. classifier: 個 (gè)
把手
bǎ shǒu — to shake hands (HSK 7-9)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
背後
bèi hòu — 1. behind 2. at the back 3. in the rear 4. behind sb's back (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
zhǐ — 1. finger 2. to point at or to 3. to indicate or refer to 4. to depend on 5. to count on 6. (of hair) to stand on end (HSK 3)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
求同
qiú tóng — 1. to seek consensus 2. to seek conformity
yì — 1. (bound form) idea; thought; meaning; sense 2. (bound form) intention; feeling; inclination; state of mind 3. (bound form) Italy (abbr. for 意大利 (Yì dà lì))
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
回頭
huí tóu — 1. to turn round; to turn one's head 2. later; by and by (HSK 5)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
向後
xiàng hòu — backward
面的
miàn dī — 1. abbr. of 麵包車的士 (miàn bāo chē dī shì) 2. minivan taxi
小孩
xiǎo hái — 1. child 2. classifier: 個 (gè)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

两小孩好像没有听见他的话,尽管在向前的冲来。仲则让在路旁,一面又放声发问了一次。他们因为尽在唱歌,没有注意到仲则,所以仲则第一次问的时候,他们简直不知道路上有一个人在和他们斗头的走来,及走到了仲则的身边,看他好像在发问的样子,他们才歇了歌唱,忽而向仲则惊视了一眼。听了仲则的问话,前面的小孩把手向仲则的背后一指,好像求同意似的,回头来向后面的小孩看著说:

"Li Taibai??”It must be that one grave, right?"

Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

“李太白?是那一个坟吧?”

The boy behind him also spoke up eagerly, pointing with his hand:

後面
hòu mian — 1. the back; the rear; the last bit 2. behind; near the end; at the back 3. later; afterwards (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
小孩
xiǎo hái — 1. child 2. classifier: 個 (gè)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
zhēng — 1. to strive for 2. to vie for 3. to argue or debate 4. deficient or lacking (dialect) 5. how or what (literary) (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
Yǐ — abbr. for Israel 以色列 (Yǐ sè liè) (HSK 7-9)
手指
shǒu zhǐ — 1. finger 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 3)
diǎn — 1. to touch briefly; to tap 2. to mark with a dot; to check off (on a list) 3. to order (food etc); to select 4. to mention; to bring up (a topic or person) 5. to hint at; to imply 6. to administer (eye medicine etc) in drops 7. to light (a fire, a lamp etc); to ignite 8. to nod (one's head) in agreement; to beckon by moving (one's hand) up and down 9. point; dot; spot; speck 10. dot stroke in Chinese characters 11. (math.) decimal point 12. point in time or space 13. (after a number) o'clock 14. a small amount; a bit; (after a verb or adjective) a bit more 15. classifier for small amounts (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

后面的小孩也争著以手指点说:

。”"Yes, it's the one with a white stone."

是的
shì de — 1. yes, that's right 2. variant of 似的 (shì de)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一塊
yī kuài — 1. a piece; a chunk 2. (fig.) (coll.) (typically preceded by a specifier such as 這 (zhè)) aspect; area; dimension (Example: 情感這一塊 (qíng gǎn zhè yī kuài) "the emotional aspect (of it)") 3. (coll.) one yuan; a dollar 4. together; in the same place; in company
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
石頭
shí tou — 1. stone 2. classifier: 塊 (kuài) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)

“是的,是那一个有一块白石头的坟。”

Zhongze turned his head and looked in the direction they were pointing, and saw, some dozens of paces off, a clump of low woods; and there beside the woods, sure enough, lay a low grave with a white stone before it.

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
回轉
huí zhuǎn — variant of 迴轉 (huí zhuǎn)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
zhǐ — 1. finger 2. to point at or to 3. to indicate or refer to 4. to depend on 5. to count on 6. (of hair) to stand on end (HSK 3)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
方向
fāng xiàng — direction; orientation (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
shí — 1. ten 2. 10 (HSK 1)
Bù — surname Bu (HSK 3)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
wài — 1. outside 2. in addition 3. foreign 4. external (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一堆
yī duī — pile; heap; a lot of; a bunch of
矮林
ǎi lín — 1. coppice 2. brushwood
矮林
ǎi lín — 1. coppice 2. brushwood
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
果然
guǒ rán — 1. really 2. sure enough 3. as expected 4. if indeed (HSK 3)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
xué — 1. cave 2. cavity 3. hole 4. acupuncture point 5. Taiwan pr. (xuè)
前面
qián miàn — 1. ahead 2. in front 3. preceding 4. above 5. also pr. (qián mian) (HSK 3)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
一塊
yī kuài — 1. a piece; a chunk 2. (fig.) (coll.) (typically preceded by a specifier such as 這 (zhè)) aspect; area; dimension (Example: 情感這一塊 (qíng gǎn zhè yī kuài) "the emotional aspect (of it)") 3. (coll.) one yuan; a dollar 4. together; in the same place; in company
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
Shí — 1. surname Shi 2. abbr. for Shijiazhuang 石家莊 (Shí jiā zhuāng), the capital of Hebei
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dī — 1. low 2. beneath 3. to lower (one's head) 4. to let droop 5. to hang down 6. to incline (HSK 2)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)
tǎng — 1. to recline 2. to lie down (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)

仲则回转了头,向他们指著的方向一看,看见几十步路外有一堆矮林,矮林边上果然有一穴前面有一块白石的低坟躺在那里。

?”"Ah, is this it?"

ā — 1. interjection of surprise 2. Ah! 3. Oh! (HSK 2)
這就
zhè jiù — 1. immediately 2. at once
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle

“啊,这就是么?”

In this sighed exclamation one could hear both a note of startled joy and a note of disappointment.He walked up to the grave and saw only a desolate mound overgrown with weeds.And behind him the two boys' singing had gradually faded away until it could suddenly be heard no more; the silence of the mountains at once spread wide, pressing in upon him from every side.Weighed down by this silence, he looked at the desolate mound, and thinking that buried beneath it was a hapless poet he had so loved, felt a sorrow well up in his heart like a river tide surging.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
tàn — variant of 嘆 (tàn)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
驚喜
jīng xǐ — 1. nice surprise 2. to be pleasantly surprised (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
意思
yì si — 1. idea 2. opinion 3. meaning 4. wish 5. desire 6. interest 7. fun 8. token of appreciation, affection etc 9. classifier: 個 (gè) 10. to give as a small token 11. to do sth as a gesture of goodwill etc (HSK 2)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
有失
yǒu shī — to cause a loss of (decorum, dignity etc) (used in fixed expressions)
wàng — 1. full moon 2. to hope 3. to expect 4. to visit 5. to gaze (into the distance) 6. to look towards 7. towards (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
意思
yì si — 1. idea 2. opinion 3. meaning 4. wish 5. desire 6. interest 7. fun 8. token of appreciation, affection etc 9. classifier: 個 (gè) 10. to give as a small token 11. to do sth as a gesture of goodwill etc (HSK 2)
可以
kě yǐ — 1. can 2. may 3. possible 4. able to 5. not bad 6. pretty good (HSK 2)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
得出
dé chū — to obtain (a result); to arrive at (a conclusion) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
雜草
zá cǎo — weeds
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
滿
Mǎn — Manchu ethnic group (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
huāng — 1. desolate 2. shortage 3. scarce 4. out of practice 5. absurd 6. uncultivated 7. to neglect (HSK 7-9)
zhǒng — burial mound (variant of 冢 (zhǒng))
並且
bìng qiě — and; besides; moreover; furthermore; in addition (HSK 3)
背後
bèi hòu — 1. behind 2. at the back 3. in the rear 4. behind sb's back (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
小孩
xiǎo hái — 1. child 2. classifier: 個 (gè)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
歌聲
gē shēng — 1. singing voice 2. fig. original voice of a poet (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
漸漸
jiàn jiàn — gradually (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yōu — 1. remote 2. hidden away 3. secluded 4. serene 5. peaceful 6. to imprison 7. in superstition indicates the underworld 8. ancient district spanning Liaonang and Hebei provinces
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
下去
xià qù — 1. to go down 2. to descend 3. to go on 4. to continue 5. (of a servant) to withdraw (HSK 3)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
聽不見
tīng bu jiàn — not be able to hear
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
沉默
chén mò — 1. taciturn 2. uncommunicative 3. silent (HSK 4)
馬上
mǎ shàng — 1. at once 2. right away 3. immediately 4. on horseback (i.e. by military force) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
擴大
kuò dà — 1. to expand 2. to enlarge 3. to broaden one's scope (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Bāo — surname Bao (HSK 1)
yā — 1. to press 2. to push down 3. to keep under (control) 4. pressure (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
左右
zuǒ yòu — 1. left and right 2. nearby 3. approximately 4. attendant 5. to control 6. to influence (HSK 3)
上下
shàng xià — 1. the top and bottom of sth 2. the full vertical extent of sth; from top to bottom 3. to go up and down 4. before and after (as in 上下文 (shàng xià wén) "context") 5. (used after a quantity) approximately; ... or so 6. (in a social hierarchy) the high and the low; seniors and juniors (as in 上下和睦 (shàng xià hé mù) "harmony between superiors and subordinates") 7. all members of a group (as in 舉國上下 (jǔ guó shàng xià) "the entire nation") 8. relative superiority (as in 不相上下 (bù xiāng shàng xià) "evenly matched") (HSK 5)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
沉默
chén mò — 1. taciturn 2. uncommunicative 3. silent (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
yā — 1. to press 2. to push down 3. to keep under (control) 4. pressure (HSK 3)
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
一堆
yī duī — pile; heap; a lot of; a bunch of
huāng — 1. desolate 2. shortage 3. scarce 4. out of practice 5. absurd 6. uncultivated 7. to neglect (HSK 7-9)
zhǒng — burial mound (variant of 冢 (zhǒng))
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
想到
xiǎng dào — 1. to think of 2. to call to mind 3. to anticipate (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
huāng — 1. desolate 2. shortage 3. scarce 4. out of practice 5. absurd 6. uncultivated 7. to neglect (HSK 7-9)
zhǒng — burial mound (variant of 冢 (zhǒng))
底下
dǐ xia — 1. the location below sth 2. afterwards (HSK 3)
zàng — 1. to bury (the dead) 2. to inter (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
心愛
xīn ài — beloved (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
薄命
bó mìng — 1. to be born under an unlucky star (usu. of women) 2. to be born unlucky
詩人
shī rén — 1. bard 2. poet (HSK 4)
心裡
xīn li — 1. chest 2. heart; mind (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
bēi — 1. sad 2. sadness 3. sorrow 4. grief
gǎn — 1. to feel 2. to move 3. to touch 4. to affect 5. feeling 6. emotion 7. (suffix) sense of ~
jìng — 1. unexpectedly 2. actually 3. to go so far as to 4. indeed (HSK 7-9)
同江
Tóng jiāng — see 同江市 (Tóng jiāng Shì)
cháo — 1. tide 2. damp; moist; humid 3. fashionable; trendy 4. (coll.) inferior; substandard (HSK 4)
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
yǒng — to well up; to gush forth; to surge (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
Mǐ — surname Mi (HSK 2)

他的这叹声里,也有惊喜的意思,也有失望的意思,可以听得出来。他走到了坟前,只看见了一个杂草生满的荒冢。并且背后的那两小孩的歌声,也已渐渐的幽了下去,忽然听不见了,山间的沉默,马上就扩大了开来,包压在他的左右上下。他为这沉默一压,看看这一堆荒冢,又想到了这荒冢底下葬著的是一个他所心爱的薄命诗人,心里的一种悲感,竟同江潮似的涌了起米。

!”"Ah, ah, Li Taibai, Li Taibai!"

ā — 1. interjection of surprise 2. Ah! 3. Oh! (HSK 2)
ā — 1. interjection of surprise 2. Ah! 3. Oh! (HSK 2)
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus

Before he knew it he had cried this out, and his tears rolled down in the very same instant as his voice.A light breeze stirred the grass on the grave, and to his tear-blurred eyes it seemed as though Li Taibai's tomb were coming alive.He walked once around the grave, then came back before it and knelt down.

不知不覺
bù zhī bù jué — (idiom) unconsciously; unwittingly (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一聲
yī shēng — first tone in Mandarin (high, level tone)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼淚
yǎn lèi — 1. tear; teardrop 2. classifier: 滴 (dī) (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
聲音
shēng yīn — sound; voice (HSK 2)
同時
tóng shí — at the same time; simultaneously (HSK 2)
gǔn — 1. to boil 2. to roll 3. to take a hike 4. Get lost! (HSK 5)
下來
xià lai — 1. to come down 2. (completed action marker) 3. (after verb of motion, indicates motion down and towards us, also fig.) 4. (indicates continuation from the past towards us) 5. to be harvested (of crops) 6. to be over (of a period of time) 7. to go among the masses (said of leaders) (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
微風
wēi fēng — 1. breeze 2. light wind
chuī — 1. to blow 2. to play a wind instrument 3. to blast 4. to puff 5. to boast 6. to brag 7. to end in failure 8. to fall through (HSK 2)
dòng — 1. (of sth) to move 2. to set in movement 3. to displace 4. to touch 5. to make use of 6. to stir (emotions) 7. to alter 8. abbr. for 動詞 (dòng cí), verb (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
mù — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. mausoleum (HSK 6)
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
模糊
mó hu — 1. vague; indistinct; fuzzy 2. to blur; to obscure; to confuse; to mix up (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
淚眼
lèi yǎn — tearful eyes
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
墳墓
fén mù — 1. grave 2. tomb (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
huó — 1. to live 2. alive 3. living 4. work 5. workmanship (HSK 3)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
周圍
zhōu wéi — environs; surroundings; periphery (HSK 3)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
juān — 1. to confine 2. to lock up 3. to pen in (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
mù — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. mausoleum (HSK 6)
門前
mén qián — in front of the door
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
跪下
guì xia — to kneel down
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

不知不觉的叫了一声,他的眼泪也同他的声音同时滚下来了。微风吹动了墓草,他的模糊的泪眼,好像看见李太白的坟墓在活起来的样子。他向坟的周围走了一圈,又回到墓门前来跪下了。

He knelt in silence on the grass before the grave for a long while.Gazing at the clear, transparent air among the surrounding mountains, thinking of the poet's solitary life, and then recalling his own present plight of being mistreated by others, he found the tears still trickling down one after another.He looked up and saw that the sun had already sunk low.The grass-shadows before the grave had lengthened, and only then did it come back to him that he had slept until noon that day, and after washing his face had rushed straight out of the yamen without having eaten anything since — and all at once a pang of hunger came over him.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
默默
mò mò — in silence; not speaking (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
mù — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. mausoleum (HSK 6)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
跪坐
guì zuò — to sit kneeling with legs folded underneath the thighs and buttocks resting on the heels
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
好久
hǎo jiǔ — (coll.) for a long time (HSK 2)
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
四圍
sì wéi — 1. all around 2. on all sides 3. encircled
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)
透明
tòu míng — 1. transparent 2. (fig.) transparent; open to scrutiny (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
空氣
kōng qì — 1. air 2. atmosphere (HSK 2)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
詩人
shī rén — 1. bard 2. poet (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
寂寞
jì mò — 1. lonely 2. lonesome 3. (of a place) quiet 4. silent (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
生涯
shēng yá — 1. career 2. life (way in which sb lives) 3. period of one's life (HSK 7-9)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
回想
huí xiǎng — 1. to recall 2. to recollect 3. to think back (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
自家
zì jiā — 1. oneself 2. one's own family
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
人家
rén jiā — 1. household 2. dwelling 3. family 4. sb else's house 5. household business 6. house of woman's husband-to-be 7. classifier: 戶 (hù), 家 (jiā) (HSK 4)
虐待
nüè dài — 1. to mistreat 2. to maltreat 3. to abuse 4. mistreatment 5. maltreatment (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
境遇
jìng yù — circumstance (HSK 7-9)
眼淚
yǎn lèi — 1. tear; teardrop 2. classifier: 滴 (dī) (HSK 4)
只是
zhǐ shì — 1. merely; only; just; nothing but 2. simply 3. but; however (HSK 3)
陸陸續續
lù lù xù xù — 1. in succession 2. one after another 3. continuously
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
流淌
liú tǎng — to flow (HSK 7-9)
下來
xià lai — 1. to come down 2. (completed action marker) 3. (after verb of motion, indicates motion down and towards us, also fig.) 4. (indicates continuation from the past towards us) 5. to be harvested (of crops) 6. to be over (of a period of time) 7. to go among the masses (said of leaders) (HSK 3)
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
太陽
tài yang — 1. sun 2. sunlight; sunshine 3. temple (on the side of the human head) (abbr. for 太陽穴 (tài yáng xué)) (HSK 2)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
dī — 1. low 2. beneath 3. to lower (one's head) 4. to let droop 5. to hang down 6. to incline (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
下去
xià qù — 1. to go down 2. to descend 3. to go on 4. to continue 5. (of a servant) to withdraw (HSK 3)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
yǐng — 1. picture 2. image 3. film 4. movie 5. photograph 6. reflection 7. shadow 8. trace
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Fāng — surname Fang (HSK 4)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
日中
Rì Zhōng — Japan-China
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
洗面
xǐ miàn — facial cleansing
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
跑出
pǎo chū — to run out
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
一直
yī zhí — 1. straight (in a straight line) 2. continuously; always; all the way through (HSK 2)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
食物
shí wù — food (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
事情
shì qing — 1. affair; matter; thing; business 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng) (HSK 2)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Hū — surname Hu
ér — 1. child 2. son
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
jī — variant of 飢 (jī)
è — 1. hungry 2. to starve (sb) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他默默的在墓前草上跪坐了好久。看看四围的山间透明的空气,想想诗人的寂寞的生涯,又回想到自家的现在被人家虐待的境遇,眼泪只是陆陆续续的流淌下来。看看太阳已经低了下去。坟前的草影长起来了,他方把今天睡到了日中才起来,洗面之后跑出衙门,一直还没有吃过食物的事情想了出来,这时候却一忽儿的觉得饥饿起来了。

Enduring his hunger, he walked back slowly toward the slanting sun, and by the time he returned, the brief autumn day had already turned into a vast, hazy dusk.As he admired the autumn countryside in the fading light, he went on composing his poem, line by line, in his mind.By the time the city gate had been opened for him and he was walking back to the Education Commissioner's yamen along streets scattered with lamplight, his poem mourning Li Taibai was also nearly finished.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
āi — 1. in order; in sequence 2. close to; adjacent to (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
è — 1. hungry 2. to starve (sb) (HSK 1)
慢慢
màn màn — slowly; gradually (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
朝著
cháo zhe — towards (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
斜陽
xié yáng — setting sun
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
短促
duǎn cù — 1. short in time 2. fleeting 3. brief 4. gasping (breath) 5. curt (tone of voice)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
秋日
qiū rì — autumn; fall
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
變成
biàn chéng — 1. to change into 2. to turn into 3. to become (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
蒼茫
cāng máng — 1. boundless 2. vast 3. hazy (distant horizon)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
白夜
bái yè — white night
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
一面
yī miàn — 1. one side 2. one aspect 3. simultaneously... (and...) 4. one's whole face (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — 1. to bestow (a reward) 2. to give (to an inferior) 3. to hand down 4. a reward (bestowed by a superior) 5. to appreciate (beauty) (HSK 4)
wán — 1. to play 2. to have fun 3. to trifle with 4. toy 5. sth used for amusement 6. curio or antique (Taiwan pr. (wàn)) 7. to keep sth for entertainment
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
日暮
rì mù — sunset
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Qiū — surname Qiu
郊野
jiāo yě — 1. open area outside the city 2. countryside
Jǐng — surname Jing (HSK 6)
一面
yī miàn — 1. one side 2. one aspect 3. simultaneously... (and...) 4. one's whole face (HSK 7-9)
一句
yī jù — 1. a line of verse 2. a sentence
一句
yī jù — 1. a line of verse 2. a sentence
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
敲開
qiāo kāi — 1. to get sth open by tapping or striking it 2. (figuratively, when followed by sth like ∼的大門 (xx de dà mén)) to open the door to ~ 3. to gain access to ~
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
城門
chéng mén — city gate
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
燈火
dēng huǒ — lights
零星
líng xīng — 1. fragmentary; piecemeal; in bits and pieces 2. sporadic; scattered
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
街上
jiē shang — 1. on the street 2. in town
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
diào — 1. to suspend 2. to hang up 3. to hang a person (HSK 6)
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
完成
wán chéng — to complete; to accomplish (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

他挨了饿,慢慢的朝著了斜阳,走回来的时候,短促的秋日,已经变成了苍茫的白夜。他一面赏玩著日暮的秋郊野景,一面一句一句的尽在那里想诗。敲开了城门,在灯火零星的街上,走回学使衙门去的时候,他的吊李太白的诗也想完成了。

Since I bound up my hair I have read your poems; now I come to unfold myself before your grave.

束髮
shù fà — 1. to tie up one's hair 2. (literary) (of a boy) to be in one's adolescence (in ancient China, boys tied up their hair)
dòu — 1. comma 2. phrase marked by pause (HSK 1)
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
jīn — 1. now 2. the present time 3. current 4. contemporary 5. this (day, year etc)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Zhǎn — surname Zhan
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
mù — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. mausoleum (HSK 6)

束发读君诗,今来展君墓。

A clear wind off the river comes blowing freely; by it I wish to send you my humble admiration.

清風
qīng fēng — 1. cool breeze 2. fig. pure and honest
Jiāng — 1. surname Jiang 2. (bound form) Yangtze River 3. (bound form) Jiangsu Province (abbr. for 江蘇 (Jiāng sū)) (HSK 4)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
sǎ — 1. to sprinkle 2. to spray 3. to spill 4. to shed (HSK 5)
rán — 1. correct 2. right 3. so 4. thus 5. like this 6. -ly
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
yù — 1. to wish for 2. to desire 3. variant of 慾 (yù)
因之
yīn zhī — for this reason
jì — 1. to entrust; to place in sb's care 2. (bound form) to depend on; to attach oneself to; to reside temporarily 3. (bound form) foster (as in 寄女[ji4 nu : 3] foster daughter) 4. to send by post; to mail (HSK 4)
Wēi — 1. surname Wei 2. ancient Chinese state near present-day Chongqing 3. Taiwan pr. (Wéi)
mù — to admire

清风江上洒然来,我欲因之寄微慕。

Alas, one of talent such as yours could not escape death — yet I know well enough that your death is no true death,

嗚呼
wū hū — 1. alas 2. alack 3. welladay 4. wellaway 5. to die
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
不免
bù miǎn — inevitably (HSK 5)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
gù — 1. hard 2. strong 3. solid 4. sure 5. assuredly 6. undoubtedly 7. of course 8. indeed 9. admittedly
zhī — 1. to know 2. to be aware
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)

呜呼,有才如君不免死,我固知君死非死,

A great star fell to earth three thousand years past; this is but the leftover ash of the Kunming cataclysm.

cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
xīng — 1. star 2. heavenly body 3. satellite 4. small amount
落地
luò dì — 1. to fall to the ground; to be set on the ground; to reach to the ground 2. (of a baby) to be born 3. (of a plane) to land 4. (fig.) to be implemented; to be put into practice (HSK 7-9)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
千年
qiān nián — millennium
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
昆明
Kūn míng — see 昆明市 (Kūn míng Shì)
jié — 1. to rob 2. to plunder 3. to seize by force 4. to coerce 5. calamity 6. abbr. for kalpa 劫波 (jié bō) (HSK 7-9)
huī — 1. ash 2. dust 3. lime 4. gray 5. discouraged; dejected (HSK 7-9)
ěr — 1. ear 2. handle (archaeology) 3. and that is all (Classical Chinese)

长星落地三千年,此是昆明劫灰耳。

Your tall cap towering high, your gemmed sash gleaming bright; versed far and wide in swordsmanship, wonders filled your breast,

Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
Guàn — surname Guan
jí — 1. lofty peak 2. perilous
jí — 1. lofty peak 2. perilous
pèi — 1. to respect 2. to wear (belt etc)
Lù — surname Lu
Lí — surname Li (HSK 2)
縱橫
zòng héng — 1. lit. warp and weft in weaving; vertically and horizontal 2. length and breadth 3. criss-crossed 4. able to move unhindered 5. abbr. for 合縱連橫 (Hé zòng Lián héng), School of Diplomacy during the Warring States Period (475-221 BC)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. double-edged sword 2. classifier: 口 (kǒu), 把 (bǎ) 3. classifier for blows of a sword (HSK 6)
胸中
xiōng zhōng — one's mind
jī — odd (number)

高冠岌岌佩陆离,纵横学剑胸中奇,

You molded Qu Yuan and Song Yu into grandeur and elegance, and with a flourish turned sun and moon into marvelous verse.

Táo — surname Tao
róng — 1. to smelt 2. to fuse 3. variant of 熔 (róng)
Qū — surname Qu
Sòng — 1. surname Song 2. the Song dynasty (960–1279) 3. Song of the Southern Dynasties (420–479) 南朝宋 (Nán cháo Sòng)
rù — 1. to enter; to go into 2. to join; to become a member of 3. (bound form) to conform to (as in 入時 (rù shí)) 4. abbr. for 入聲 (rù shēng) 5. (on product packaging, after {number n} + {classifier}) containing (n pieces) (from Japanese 入 "iri") (HSK 6)
大雅
dà yǎ — one of the three main divisions of the Book of Songs 詩經
揮灑
huī sǎ — 1. to sprinkle 2. to shed (tears, blood etc) 3. fig. free, unconstrained 4. to write in a free style
日月
rì yuè — 1. the sun and moon 2. day and month 3. every day and every month 4. season 5. life and livelihood
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
guī — 1. (semiprecious stone) 2. extraordinary
cí — 1. word 2. statement; speech; lyrics 3. a form of lyric poetry, flourishing in the Song dynasty 宋朝 (Sòng cháo) (classifier: 首 (shǒu)) (HSK 2)

陶镕屈宋入大雅,挥洒日月成瑰词。

In your own time, gifted as you were, you had nowhere to place yourself; even now, before the traces you left, I still long for you.

當時
dāng shí — then; at that time (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
無著
Wú zhuó — Asanga (Buddhist philosopher, c. 4th century AD)
chǔ — 1. to reside 2. to live 3. to dwell 4. to be in 5. to be situated at 6. to stay 7. to get along with 8. to be in a position of 9. to deal with 10. to discipline 11. to punish (HSK 4)
jí — 1. namely 2. that is 3. i.e. 4. prompt 5. at once 6. at present 7. even if 8. prompted (by the occasion) 9. to approach 10. to come into contact 11. to assume (office) 12. to draw near (HSK 7-9)
jīn — 1. now 2. the present time 3. current 4. contemporary 5. this (day, year etc)
yí — (bound form) to leave behind
zhú — used in 躑躅 (zhí zhú)
yóu — 1. as if 2. (just) like 3. just as 4. still 5. yet
相思
xiāng sī — 1. to yearn 2. to pine

当时有君无著处,即今遗躅犹相思。

Sober, you sat lost in brooding thought; drunk, you tossed off a thousand verses — surely primal Chaos itself had borrowed your hand,

xǐng — 1. to wake up 2. to be awake 3. to become aware 4. to sober up 5. to come to (HSK 4)
Shí — surname Shi (HSK 3)
Wù — surname Wu
Wù — surname Wu
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
qiān — thousand (HSK 2)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
Yīng — 1. surname Ying 2. Taiwan pr. (Yìng) (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hóng — 1. eastern bean goose 2. great 3. large
méng — 1. drizzle 2. mist (HSK 6)
jiè — 1. to borrow 2. (used in combination with 給 (gěi) or 出 (chū) etc) to lend 3. to make use of; to avail oneself of 4. (sometimes followed by 著 (zhe)) by; with (HSK 2)
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)

醒时兀兀醉千首,应是鸿蒙借君手,

Heaven and earth, having nothing else to fill your heart, left you only the seeking of immortality and the drinking of wine.

乾坤
qián kūn — yin and yang; heaven and earth; the universe
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
shì — 1. matter 2. thing 3. item 4. work 5. affair 6. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng), 回 (huí) (HSK 1)
rù — 1. to enter; to go into 2. to join; to become a member of 3. (bound form) to conform to (as in 入時 (rù shí)) 4. abbr. for 入聲 (rù shēng) 5. (on product packaging, after {number n} + {classifier}) containing (n pieces) (from Japanese 入 "iri") (HSK 6)
懷抱
huái bào — 1. to hug 2. to cherish 3. within the bosom (of the family) 4. to embrace (also fig. an ideal, aspiration etc) (HSK 7-9)
只有
zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)
qiú — 1. to seek 2. to look for 3. to request 4. to demand 5. to beseech (HSK 2)
xiān — immortal
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
飲酒
yǐn jiǔ — to drink wine

乾坤无事入怀抱,只有求仙与饮酒。

In your whole life you bowed your head to none but the lord of Xuancheng; the gate of your grave faces straight toward the green of Qing Mountain.

一生
yī shēng — all one's life; throughout one's life (HSK 2)
dī — 1. low 2. beneath 3. to lower (one's head) 4. to let droop 5. to hang down 6. to incline (HSK 2)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
wéi — 1. only 2. alone 3. -ism (in Chinese, a prefix, often combined with a suffix such as 主義 (zhǔ yì) or 論 (lùn), e.g. 唯理論 (wéi lǐ lùn), rationalism) (HSK 7-9)
宣城
Xuān chéng — see 宣城市 (Xuān chéng Shì)
mù — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. mausoleum (HSK 6)
Mén — surname Men (HSK 1)
正對
zhèng duì — directly facing
青山
Qīng shān — see 青山區 (Qīng shān Qū)
Qīng — short name for Qinghai 青海 (Qīng hǎi) (HSK 5)

一生低首唯宣城,墓门正对青山青。

Your romantic brilliance shines on, now as then; and there is still the traveler on a donkey's back at Ba Bridge.

風流
fēng liú — 1. distinguished and accomplished 2. outstanding 3. talented in letters and unconventional in lifestyle 4. romantic 5. dissolute 6. loose (HSK 7-9)
輝映
huī yìng — 1. to reflect 2. to shine
jīn — 1. now 2. the present time 3. current 4. contemporary 5. this (day, year etc)
yóu — 1. as if 2. (just) like 3. just as 4. still 5. yet
Xī — surname Xi
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
灞橋
Bà qiáo — see 灞橋區 (Bà qiáo Qū)
lǘ — 1. donkey 2. classifier: 頭 (tóu)
bēi — 1. to carry on one's back 2. (fig.) to bear; to shoulder (a burden, blame etc) (HSK 2)
kè — 1. customer; visitor; guest 2. classifier for servings or portions (when ordering food)

风流辉映今犹昔,更有灞桥驴背客。

Truly the ground beneath this place is a marvel to behold; no wonder these rivers and mountains are forever full of splendor.

此間
cǐ jiān — 1. here 2. this place
地下
dì xià — 1. underground 2. subterranean 3. covert (HSK 4)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
可觀
kě guān — 1. worth seeing 2. considerable; impressive; significant (HSK 7-9)
guài — 1. odd; strange; uncanny 2. (bound form) monster; supernatural being 3. to find strange; to regard as odd 4. to blame 5. (coll.) somewhat; rather (HSK 4)
de — (equivalent to 的 as possessive particle) (HSK 4)
江山
Jiāng shān — see 江山市 (Jiāng shān Shì)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
sè — 1. color 2. classifier: 種 (zhǒng) 3. look 4. appearance 5. sex (HSK 4)

此间地下真可观,怪底江山总生色。

Through the ages the rivers and mountains lie bathed in bright moonlight; your drunken spirit sleeps so deep it cannot be called awake,

江山
Jiāng shān — see 江山市 (Jiāng shān Shì)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
Gǔ — surname Gu (HSK 3)
yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)
Míng — 1. Ming Dynasty (1368–1644) 2. surname Ming 3. Ming (c. 2000 BC), fourth of the legendary Flame Emperors, 炎帝 (Yán dì) descended from Shennong 神農 (Shén nóng) Farmer God
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
pò — (literary) soul; mortal soul (i.e. attached to the body)
沉沉
chén chén — 1. deeply 2. heavily
hū — 1. to call 2. to cry 3. to shout 4. to breath out 5. to exhale
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)

江山终古月明里,醉魄沉沉呼不起,

The brocade robe, the painted pleasure-boat — all silent now, no one there; yet faintly, faintly, a song still winds about the river's waters,

jǐn — 1. brocade 2. embroidered work 3. bright
páo — gown (lined)
畫舫
huà fǎng — decorated pleasure boat
jì — 1. silent 2. solitary 3. Taiwan pr. (jí)
無人
wú rén — 1. unmanned 2. uninhabited
隱隱
yǐn yǐn — 1. faint 2. indistinct
歌聲
gē shēng — 1. singing voice 2. fig. original voice of a poet (HSK 3)
rào — 1. to wind 2. to coil (thread) 3. to rotate around 4. to spiral 5. to move around 6. to go round (an obstacle) 7. to by-pass 8. to make a detour 9. to confuse 10. to perplex (HSK 5)
江水
jiāng shuǐ — river water

锦袍画舫寂无人,隐隐歌声绕江水,

The last of your splendor, scattered over all the world, still becomes, among men, more than ten thousand followers.

cán — 1. to destroy 2. to spoil 3. to ruin 4. to injure 5. cruel 6. oppressive 7. savage 8. brutal 9. incomplete 10. disabled 11. to remain 12. to survive 13. remnant 14. surplus (HSK 7-9)
gāo — 1. ointment 2. paste 3. classifier: 帖 (tiě)
shèng — 1. to remain 2. to be left 3. to have as remainder (HSK 5)
fěn — 1. powder 2. cosmetic face powder 3. food prepared from starch; noodles or pasta made from any kind of flour 4. to turn to powder 5. (dialect) to whitewash 6. white 7. pink 8. (suffix) fan (abbr. for 粉絲 (fěn sī)) 9. to be a fan of (HSK 7-9)
sǎ — 1. to sprinkle 2. to spray 3. to spill 4. to shed (HSK 5)
六合
Lù hé — see 六合區 (Lù hé Qū)
yóu — 1. as if 2. (just) like 3. just as 4. still 5. yet
作人
zuò rén — 1. to conduct oneself 2. same as 做人
jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)
Wàn — surname Wan (HSK 2)
yú — 1. extra 2. surplus 3. remaining 4. remainder after division 5. (following numerical value) or more 6. in excess of (some number) 7. residue (math.) 8. after 9. I 10. me (HSK 7-9)
zǐ — 1. son 2. child 3. seed 4. egg 5. small thing 6. 1st earthly branch: 11 p.m.–1 a.m., midnight, 11th solar month (7th December to 5th January), year of the rat 7. viscount, fourth of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 8. ancient Chinese compass point: 0° (north) 9. subsidiary; subordinate; (prefix) sub-

残膏剩粉洒六合,犹作人间万余子。

Your contemporary Du Fu, the Reminder-in-Attendance — his burial stone lies instead by the banks of the Xiao and Xiang,

yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
同時
tóng shí — at the same time; simultaneously (HSK 2)
Dù — surname Du
拾遺
shí yí — 1. to pocket a lost article 2. (fig.) to correct others' errors 3. to remedy omissions (in a text etc)
biǎn — to put a coffin in the grave
Shí — 1. surname Shi 2. abbr. for Shijiazhuang 石家莊 (Shí jiā zhuāng), the capital of Hebei
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
瀟湘
Xiāo xiāng — other name of the Xiangjiang river 湘江 (Xiāng jiāng) in Hunan province
méi — (literary) shore; coast; bank

与君同时杜拾遗,窆石却在潇湘湄,

Once, traveling south, I visited it; the clouds over Mount Heng hung bleak and bare, reaching all the way to Mount Jiuyi,

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Xī — surname Xi
Nán — surname Nan (HSK 1)
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)
Zēng — surname Zeng (HSK 4)
fǎng — 1. (bound form) to seek by inquiry 2. (bound form) to visit; to call on
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
héng — 1. to weigh 2. weight 3. measure
Yún — 1. surname Yun 2. short name for Yunnan 雲南 (Yún nán) (HSK 2)
cǎn — 1. miserable 2. wretched 3. cruel 4. inhuman 5. disastrous 6. tragic 7. dim 8. gloomy (HSK 6)
cǎn — 1. miserable 2. wretched 3. cruel 4. inhuman 5. disastrous 6. tragic 7. dim 8. gloomy (HSK 6)
tōng — 1. to go through 2. to know well 3. (suffix) expert 4. to connect 5. to communicate 6. open 7. to clear 8. classifier for letters, telegrams, phone calls etc (HSK 2)
jiǔ — 1. nine 2. 9 (HSK 1)
yí — (bound form) to doubt; to suspect

我昔南行曾访之,衡云惨惨通九疑,

Even speaking only of where their bones came to rest after death, it is as though their very poetic worlds ran on separate paths.

jí — 1. namely 2. that is 3. i.e. 4. prompt 5. at once 6. at present 7. even if 8. prompted (by the occasion) 9. to approach 10. to come into contact 11. to assume (office) 12. to draw near (HSK 7-9)
Lún — abbr. for 論語 (Lún yǔ), The Analects (of Confucius)
身後
shēn hòu — 1. the time after one's death 2. a place behind sb 3. (fig.) one's social background
Guī — surname Gui (HSK 4)
gū — 1. used in 骨碌碌 (gū lù lù) 2. used in 骨碌 (gū lu) 3. used in 骨朵 (gū duo)
de — 1. -ly 2. structural particle: used before a verb or adjective, linking it to preceding modifying adverbial adjunct (HSK 1)
yǎn — 1. majestic 2. dignified
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
jìng — 1. border 2. place 3. condition 4. boundary 5. circumstances 6. territory
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
fēn — 1. to divide; to separate 2. to distribute; to allocate 3. to distinguish (good and bad) 4. (bound form) branch of (an organization); sub- (as in 分局 (fēn jú)) 5. fraction 6. one tenth (of certain units) 7. unit of length equivalent to 0.33 cm 8. minute (unit of time) 9. minute (angular measurement unit) 10. a point (in sports or games) 11. 0.01 yuan (unit of money) (HSK 1)
chí — 1. to run fast 2. to speed 3. to gallop 4. to disseminate 5. to spread

即论身后归骨地,俨与诗境同分驰。

Yet in the end I feel that old man was too given to bitter indignation — if not you, whom else should I take as my master?

zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
xián — 1. to dislike 2. suspicion 3. resentment 4. enmity 5. abbr. for 嫌犯 (xián fàn), criminal suspect (HSK 6)
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
老太
lǎo tài — old lady
憤激
fèn jī — 1. indignant 2. outraged
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
Shī — surname Shi
zhě — 1. (after a verb or adjective) one who (is) ... 2. (after a noun) person involved in ... 3. -er 4. -ist 5. (used after a number or 後 (hòu) or 前 (qián) to refer to sth mentioned previously) 6. (used after a term, to mark a pause before defining the term) 7. (old) (used at the end of a command) 8. (old) this
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)

终嫌此老太愤激,我所师者非公谁?

In a hundred years of life one ought to seek pleasure; a thousand cups a day would still not be enough,

人生
rén shēng — life (one's time on earth) (HSK 3)
百年
bǎi nián — 1. hundred years; century 2. (fig.) a whole lifetime; a person's whole life
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)
Lè — surname Le (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
qiān — thousand (HSK 2)
bēi — 1. cup 2. trophy cup 3. classifier for certain containers of liquids: glass, cup (HSK 1)
kǔ — 1. bitter 2. hardship 3. pain 4. to suffer 5. to bring suffering to 6. painstakingly (HSK 4)
不足
bù zú — 1. insufficient 2. lacking 3. deficiency 4. not enough 5. inadequate 6. not worth 7. cannot 8. should not (HSK 5)

人生百年要行乐,一日千杯苦不足,

Laughing, I watch the woodcutters and herdboys talk on beneath the slanting sun — when I die, let me be buried at the foot of this very mountain.

xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
qiáo — 1. firewood 2. gather wood
Mù — surname Mu
yǔ — 1. dialect 2. language 3. speech
斜陽
xié yáng — setting sun
死當
sǐ dàng — 1. to flunk (Tw) 2. (computing) to crash 3. to stop working
mái — to bury (HSK 6)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
cí — used in 龜茲 (Qiū cí) (HSK 7-9)
山麓
shān lù — foothills

笑看樵牧语斜阳,死当埋我兹山麓。

When Zhongze reached the Education Commissioner's yamen, he saw the main hall ablaze with candlelight, as though a banquet were being held there.Being utterly worn out, he slipped quietly back to the west chamber of Shouchun Garden, where he lodged.He had the servant bring him some food, and ate a bowl of it by lamplight.After washing his hands and face, he was about to go to bed when Zhicun, his face pale, nostrils flaring, wearing a look of grief and desolation, came into his room.

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
只見
zhǐ jiàn — 1. to see (the same thing) over and over again 2. to see, to one's surprise, (sth happen suddenly) (HSK 5)
zhēng — first month of the lunar year (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. (reception) hall 2. living room 3. office 4. provincial government department (HSK 5)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
zhú — 1. candle 2. (literary) to illuminate
輝煌
huī huáng — 1. splendid 2. glorious (HSK 7-9)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
yàn — 1. (bound form) to entertain at a banquet 2. (bound form) banquet; feast 3. (literary) peaceful; at ease
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
疲倦
pí juàn — 1. to tire 2. tired (HSK 7-9)
極了
jí le — 1. extremely 2. exceedingly
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
便
biàn — 1. plain 2. informal 3. suitable 4. convenient 5. opportune 6. to urinate or defecate 7. equivalent to 就 (jiù): then 8. in that case 9. even if 10. soon afterwards (HSK 6)
悄悄
qiāo qiāo — 1. quiet; making little or no noise 2. surreptitious; stealthy 3. anxious; worried 4. Taiwan pr. (qiǎo qiǎo) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
回到
huí dào — to return to (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shòu — surname Shou
Chūn — surname Chun
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
Shì — surname Shi (HSK 3)
mìng — 1. life 2. fate 3. order or command 4. to assign a name, title etc (HSK 6)
僕役
pú yì — servant
bān — 1. to move (i.e. relocate oneself) 2. to move (sth relatively heavy or bulky) 3. to shift 4. to copy indiscriminately (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
cài — 1. vegetable; greens (classifier: 棵 (kē)) 2. dish (of food) (classifier: 樣 (yàng), 道 (dào), 盤 (pán)) 3. (of one's skills etc) weak; poor 4. (coll.) (one's) type (HSK 1)
fàn — 1. cooked rice 2. classifier: 碗 (wǎn) 3. meal 4. classifier: 頓 (dùn) 5. (loanword) fan 6. devotee (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
chī — 1. to eat; to consume 2. to eat at (a cafeteria etc) 3. to eradicate; to destroy 4. to absorb 5. to suffer (shock, injury, defeat etc) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
wǎn — 1. bowl 2. cup 3. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
xǐ — 1. to wash; to bathe 2. to develop (photographs) 3. to shuffle (cards etc) 4. to erase (a recording) (HSK 1)
wán — 1. to finish 2. to be over 3. whole 4. complete 5. entire (HSK 2)
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
上床
shàng chuáng — 1. to go to bed 2. (coll.) to have sex
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
這時
zhè shí — 1. at this time 2. at this moment (HSK 2)
hòu — 1. to wait 2. to inquire after 3. to watch 4. season 5. climate 6. (old) period of five days
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
Qīng — short name for Qinghai 青海 (Qīng hǎi) (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
liǎn — 1. face 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
Zhāng — surname Zhang (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
鼻孔
bí kǒng — 1. nostril 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
bēi — 1. sad 2. sadness 3. sorrow 4. grief
jì — 1. silent 2. solitary 3. Taiwan pr. (jí)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
形容
xíng róng — 1. to describe 2. (literary) countenance; appearance (HSK 4)
走進
zǒu jìn — to enter; to step into (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

仲则走到学使衙门里,只见正厅上灯烛辉煌,好像是在那里张宴。他因为人已疲倦极了,所以便悄悄的回到了他住的寿春园的西室。命仆役搬了菜饭来,在灯下吃了一碗。洗完手面之后,他就想上床去睡,这时候稚存却青了脸,张了鼻孔,作了悲寂的形容,走进他的房来了。

?”"Zhongze, where did you go today?"

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
什麼地方
shén me dì fang — 1. somewhere 2. someplace 3. where
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

“仲则,你今天上什么地方去了?”

。”"I'm utterly exhausted — I went once to Li Taibai's grave."

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
juàn — tired; weary; fatigued
極了
jí le — 1. extremely 2. exceedingly
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Lǐ — surname Li
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fén — 1. grave 2. tomb 3. classifier: 座 (zuò) 4. embankment 5. mound 6. ancient book (HSK 7-9)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一次
yī cì — 1. first 2. first time 3. once 4. (math.) linear (of degree one)

“我倦极了,我上李太白的坟前去了一次。”

?”"Was that at Xiegong Mountain?"

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Xiè — surname Xie
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle

“是谢公山么?”

?”"Yes. Why do you look so withered and cheerless, without a trace of life in you?"

是的
shì de — 1. yes, that's right 2. variant of 似的 (shì de)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
何以
hé yǐ — 1. (literary) why 2. how
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
枯寂
kū jì — bleak; desolate; devoid of liveliness
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
一點兒
yī diǎn r — erhua variant of 一點 (yī diǎn) (HSK 1)
生氣
shēng qì — 1. to get angry; to be furious 2. vitality; liveliness (HSK 1)

“是的,你的样子何以这样的枯寂,没有一点儿生气?”

"Ah, Zhongze, people like us who haven't even a shred of a name are truly better off never going out into the world at all.!”Ah, the baseness of men of letters!"

āi — 1. interjection or grunt of agreement or recognition (e.g. yes, it's me!) 2. to sigh (HSK 7-9)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
一點
yī diǎn — 1. a bit; a little bit 2. (used in negative expressions) (not) the least bit 3. (after an adjective, used to form the comparative) a bit more, -er 4. a point (in a discussion etc) 5. (calligraphy) dot stroke (、) 6. one o'clock (abbr. for 一點鍾 (yī diǎn zhōng))
小名
xiǎo míng — 1. pet name for a child 2. childhood name
qì — 1. gas; air 2. smell 3. weather 4. to make angry; to annoy; to get angry 5. vital energy; qi (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
簡直
jiǎn zhí — simply; really (HSK 3)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
出外
chū wài — 1. to go out 2. to leave for another place
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
ā — 1. interjection of surprise 2. Ah! 3. Oh! (HSK 2)
ā — 1. interjection of surprise 2. Ah! 3. Oh! (HSK 2)
文人
wén rén — cultivated individual; scholar; literati (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
卑污
bēi wū — 1. despicable and filthy 2. foul
yā — 1. ah (used to express surprise) 2. (onom.) creaking (HSK 4)

“唉,仲则,我们没有一点小名气的人,简直还是不出外面来的好。啊啊,文人的卑污呀!”

?”"What happened?"

shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
一回事
yī huí shì — 1. one and the same (thing) 2. one thing (as distinct from another) (HSK 7-9)

“是怎么一回事?”

"Didn't I tell you about it last night?。”That business with the great textual scholar."

昨晚
zuó wǎn — 1. yesterday evening 2. last night
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
大考
dà kǎo — 1. final exam 2. to take an end-of-term exam 3. (Tw) college entrance exam (abbr. for 大學入學考試 (dà xué rù xué kǎo shì))
jù — 1. according to 2. to act in accordance with 3. to depend on 4. to seize 5. to occupy (HSK 6)
家的
jiā de — (old) wife
事情
shì qing — 1. affair; matter; thing; business 2. classifier: 件 (jiàn), 樁 (zhuāng) (HSK 2)

“昨晚上我不是对你说过了么?那大考据家的事情。”

。”"Oh, so it's Dai Dongyuan who has arrived."

é — to chant (HSK 7-9)
原來
yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end

“哦,原来是戴东原到了。”

"Zhongze, I truly admire what you argued last night.This time when Master Dai left the capital, he brought along many letters of recommendation from famous men, originally meaning to go about various places to make some money.’。Tonight Zhujun held a dinner to welcome him, and at the table, when he heard Zhujun praising you and me, his whole face turned into a cold sneer and he said, 'All flower, no fruit.'Zhongze, how could I bear to go on enduring this!。”Such a base literary man, such a man who knows only how to exclude those who differ from him — I truly want to stake my life against his."

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
佩服
pèi fú — to admire (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
昨晚
zuó wǎn — 1. yesterday evening 2. last night
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
議論
yì lùn — 1. to comment 2. to talk about 3. to discuss 4. discussion 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
大家
dà jiā — 1. everyone 2. influential family 3. great expert (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
Jīng — 1. surname Jing 2. short name for Beijing 北京 (Běi jīng) 3. Gin or Jing, ethnic minority of China, descendants of ethnic Vietnamese people living mainly in Guangxi 4. Kinh, the ethnic majority in Vietnam
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
ná — 1. to hold 2. to seize 3. to catch 4. to apprehend 5. to take 6. (used in the same way as 把 (bǎ): to mark the following noun as a direct object) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
名人
míng rén — 1. personage 2. celebrity (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to recommend 2. to offer sacrifice (arch.) 3. grass 4. straw mat
zhuàng — 1. (bound form) form; appearance; shape 2. (bound form) state; condition 3. (bound form) to describe 4. (bound form) written complaint; lawsuit 5. (bound form) certificate
本來
běn lái — 1. original 2. originally 3. at first 4. it goes without saying 5. of course (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
想到
xiǎng dào — 1. to think of 2. to call to mind 3. to anticipate (HSK 2)
各處
gè chù — every place
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
lòng — 1. lane 2. alley (HSK 2)
幾個
jǐ ge — 1. a few 2. several 3. how many
Qián — surname Qian (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
今晚
jīn wǎn — tonight
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
bàn — 1. to take care of (a matter); to deal with (a task, procedure etc); to organize (an event) 2. to establish; to set up; to manage; to run (an enterprise) 3. (law) to handle; to investigate; to prosecute (a case or suspect) 4. (bound form) office (as in 招辦 (zhāo bàn), admissions office) (abbr. for 辦公室 (bàn gōng shì)) (HSK 2)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
tì — 1. to substitute for 2. to take the place of 3. to replace 4. for 5. on behalf of 6. to stand in for (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
接風
jiē fēng — to hold a welcoming dinner or reception
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Xí — surname Xi (HSK 7-9)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
誇獎
kuā jiǎng — 1. to praise 2. to applaud 3. to compliment (HSK 7-9)
你我
nǐ wǒ — 1. you and I 2. everyone 3. all of us (in society) 4. we (people in general)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
冷笑
lěng xiào — 1. to sneer 2. to laugh grimly 3. grin of dissatisfaction (bitterness, helplessness, indignation etc) 4. bitter, grim, sarcastic or angry smile (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
liǎn — 1. face 2. classifier: 張 (zhāng), 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
華而不實
huá ér bù shí — 1. flower but no fruit (idiom); handsome exterior but hollow inside 2. flashy
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
如何
rú hé — 1. how 2. what way 3. what (HSK 3)
忍受
rěn shòu — to bear; to endure (HSK 5)
下去
xià qù — 1. to go down 2. to descend 3. to go on 4. to continue 5. (of a servant) to withdraw (HSK 3)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
卑鄙
bēi bǐ — 1. base 2. mean 3. contemptible 4. despicable (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
文人
wén rén — cultivated individual; scholar; literati (HSK 7-9)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
zhī — 1. to know 2. to be aware
排斥
pái chì — 1. to reject 2. to exclude 3. to eliminate 4. to remove 5. to repel (HSK 7-9)
異己
yì jǐ — 1. dissident 2. alien 3. outsider 4. non-self 5. others
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
文人
wén rén — cultivated individual; scholar; literati (HSK 7-9)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
pàn — 1. to strive for 2. to struggle 3. to disregard 4. to reject
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiáo — 1. strip 2. item 3. article 4. clause (of law or treaty) 5. classifier for long thin things (ribbon, river, road, trousers etc) (HSK 2)
mìng — 1. life 2. fate 3. order or command 4. to assign a name, title etc (HSK 6)

“仲则,我真佩服你昨晚上的议论。戴大家这一回出京来,拿了许多名人的荐状,本来是想到各处来弄几个钱的。今晚上竹君办酒替他接风,他在席上听了竹君夸奖你我的话,就冷笑了一脸说‘华而不实’。仲则,叫我如何忍受下去呢!这样卑鄙的文人,这样的只知排斥异己的文人,我真想和他拼一条命。”

?”"Did Zhujun say nothing in response to those words of his?"

zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)

“竹君对他这话,也不说什么?”

》,"Zhujun himself is compiling the Thirteen Classics: Textual Variants, so naturally he shares the same aims and views as him.!”And besides, before such great fame, who can help but be swayed by it? Ah, ah, how I wish I could become a Qin Shi Huang, and put every one of these base false Confucians to the sword!"

zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
自家
zì jiā — 1. oneself 2. one's own family
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
十三經
Shí sān jīng — the Thirteen Confucian Classics, namely: Book of Songs 詩經 (Shī jīng), Book of History 尚書 (Shàng shū), Rites of Zhou 周禮 (Zhōu lǐ), Rites and Ceremonies 儀禮 (Yí lǐ), Classic of Rites 禮記 (Lǐ jì), Book of Changes 易經 (Yì jīng), Mr Zuo's Annals 左傳 (Zuǒ Zhuàn), Mr Gongyang's Annals 公羊傳 (Gōng yáng Zhuàn), Mr Guliang's Annals 穀梁傳 (Gǔ liáng Zhuàn), The Analects 論語 (Lún yǔ), Erya 爾雅 (Ěr yǎ), Classic of Filial Piety 孝經 (Xiào jīng), Mencius 孟子 (Mèng zǐ)
文字
wén zì — 1. character 2. script 3. writing 4. written language 5. writing style 6. phraseology 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
yì — 1. different 2. other 3. hetero- 4. unusual 5. strange 6. surprising 7. to distinguish 8. to separate 9. to discriminate
當然
dāng rán — 1. only natural 2. as it should be 3. certainly 4. of course 5. without doubt (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
志同道合
zhì tóng dào hé — (idiom) to be devoted to a common cause; to be like-minded
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
並且
bìng qiě — and; besides; moreover; furthermore; in addition (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
盛名
shèng míng — famous reputation
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
前頭
qián tou — 1. in front 2. at the head 3. ahead 4. above (HSK 4)
哪一個
nǎ yī ge — which
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
suǒ — 1. actually 2. place 3. classifier for houses, small buildings, institutions etc 4. that which 5. particle introducing a relative clause or passive 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
Qū — surname Qu
ā — 1. interjection of surprise 2. Ah! 3. Oh! (HSK 2)
ā — 1. interjection of surprise 2. Ah! 3. Oh! (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
恨不能
hèn bu néng — see 恨不得 (hèn bu de)
biàn — 1. to change 2. to become different 3. to transform 4. to vary 5. rebellion (HSK 2)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
秦始皇
Qín Shǐ huáng — Qin Shihuang (259-210 BC), the first emperor
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
卑鄙
bēi bǐ — 1. base 2. mean 3. contemptible 4. despicable (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
wěi — 1. false 2. fake 3. forged 4. bogus 5. (prefix) pseudo- 6. Taiwan pr. (wèi)
rú — 1. scholar 2. Confucian
shā — 1. to kill; to slay; to murder; to attack 2. to weaken; to reduce 3. (dialect) to smart 4. (used after a verb) extremely (HSK 5)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
乾淨
gān jìng — 1. clean 2. neat (HSK 1)

“竹君自家也在著《十三经文字同异》,当然是与他志同道合的了。并且在盛名的前头,哪一个能不为所屈,啊啊,我恨不能变一个秦始皇,把这些卑鄙的伪儒,杀个干净!”

?”"What else did this false Confucian say?"

wěi — 1. false 2. fake 3. forged 4. bogus 5. (prefix) pseudo- 6. Taiwan pr. (wèi)
rú — 1. scholar 2. Confucian
另外
lìng wài — 1. additional 2. in addition 3. besides 4. separate 5. other 6. moreover 7. furthermore (HSK 3)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)
什麼
shén me — 1. what? 2. something; anything (HSK 1)

“伪儒另外还讲些什么?”

。”"He said he has also seen your poems — that they have far too little of the spirit of loyalty and warmth, and that quite a few of the allusions are used wrongly besides."

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
tài — 1. highest 2. greatest 3. too (much) 4. very 5. extremely (HSK 1)
shǎo — 1. few 2. less 3. to lack 4. to be missing 5. to stop (doing sth) 6. seldom (HSK 1)
忠厚
zhōng hòu — honest and considerate
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
qì — 1. gas; air 2. smell 3. weather 4. to make angry; to annoy; to get angry 5. vital energy; qi (HSK 2)
並且
bìng qiě — and; besides; moreover; furthermore; in addition (HSK 3)
典故
diǎn gù — 1. classical story or quote from the literature 2. the story behind sth
yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)
Cuò — surname Cuo (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
著實
zhuó shí — 1. truly 2. indeed 3. severely 4. harshly (HSK 7-9)
不少
bù shǎo — many; quite a few; a good number of (HSK 2)

“他说你的诗他也见过,太少忠厚之气,并且典故用错的也著实不少。”

"The scoundrel! Talking such wild nonsense — is there even any true right and wrong left in this world?Where is he staying?。”I'll go, I'll go this instant and demand a clear answer from him."

混蛋
hún dàn — 1. scoundrel 2. bastard 3. hoodlum 4. wretch
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
胡說
hú shuō — 1. to talk nonsense 2. drivel (HSK 7-9)
亂道
luàn dào — see 亂說 (luàn shuō)
天下
tiān xià — 1. land under heaven 2. the whole world 3. the whole of China 4. realm 5. rule (HSK 6)
難道
nán dào — 1. don't tell me ... 2. could it be that...? (HSK 3)
還有
hái yǒu — 1. there still remain(s); there is (or are) still 2. in addition (HSK 1)
真是
zhēn shi — 1. indeed; truly 2. (coll.) (used to express disapproval, annoyance etc)
Fēi — abbr. for 非洲 (Fēi zhōu), Africa (HSK 4)
má — exclamatory final particle
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
什麼地方
shén me dì fang — 1. somewhere 2. someplace 3. where
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
明白
míng bai — 1. clear; obvious; unequivocal 2. sensible; reasonable 3. to understand; to realize (HSK 1)

“混蛋,这样的胡说乱道,天下难道还有真是非么?他住在什么地方?去去,我也去问他个明白。”

"Zhongze, bear with it for now — at present we cannot win against him by making a scene.In this world today there are many blind people and few clear-sighted ones; they have only ears and no eyes, and cannot tell who is pure and who is turbid — they only believe that whoever has great fame must be good, must be right.!”Let us wait for the people of a hundred years hence to be the judges!"

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
qiě — 1. and 2. moreover 3. yet 4. for the time being 5. to be about to 6. both (... and...) (HSK 7-9)
忍耐
rěn nài — to endure; to put up with; to exercise patience (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
nào — 1. noisy 2. cacophonous 3. to make noise 4. to disturb 5. to vent (feelings) 6. to fall ill 7. to have an attack (of sickness) 8. to go in (for some activity) 9. to joke (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
yíng — 1. to beat 2. to win 3. to profit (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
如今
rú jīn — nowadays; now (HSK 4)
世上
shì shàng — on earth
盲人
máng rén — blind person (HSK 6)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
明眼人
míng yǎn rén — 1. perspicacious person 2. sb with a discerning eye 3. sighted person (as opposed to blind)
shǎo — 1. few 2. less 3. to lack 4. to be missing 5. to stop (doing sth) 6. seldom (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
只有
zhǐ yǒu — 1. only have ...; there is only ... 2. (used in combination with 才 (cái)) it is only if ... (that one can ...) (as in 只有通過治療才能痊愈 (zhǐ yǒu tōng guò zhì liáo cái néng quán yù) "the only way to cure it is with therapy") 3. it is only (someone) who ... (as in 只有男性才有此需要 (zhǐ yǒu nán xìng cái yǒu cǐ xū yào) "only men would have such a requirement") 4. (used to express lack of alternatives) can only; have no choice but to (as in 只有屈服 (zhǐ yǒu qū fú) "the only thing you can do is give in") (HSK 3)
耳朵
ěr duo — 1. ear 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 個 (gè), 對 (duì) 3. handle (on a cup) (HSK 5)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
看不出
kàn bu chū — can't discern
究竟
jiū jìng — 1. to go to the bottom of a matter 2. after all 3. when all is said and done 4. (in an interrogative sentence) finally 5. outcome 6. result (HSK 4)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
Qīng — 1. Qing (Wade-Giles: Ch'ing) dynasty of China (1644–1911) 2. surname Qing (HSK 6)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
zhuó — 1. turbid 2. muddy 3. impure
zhī — variant of 隻 (zhī) (HSK 2)
xìn — 1. letter 2. mail 3. classifier: 封 (fēng) 4. to trust 5. to believe 6. to profess faith in 7. truthful 8. confidence 9. trust 10. at will 11. at random (HSK 2)
名氣
míng qi — reputation; fame (HSK 7-9)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
不錯
bù cuò — 1. correct 2. right 3. not bad 4. pretty good (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
qiě — 1. and 2. moreover 3. yet 4. for the time being 5. to be about to 6. both (... and...) (HSK 7-9)
dāi — to stay; to remain (HSK 5)
百年
bǎi nián — 1. hundred years; century 2. (fig.) a whole lifetime; a person's whole life
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
判斷
pàn duàn — to judge; to determine; judgment (HSK 3)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

“仲则,且忍耐著吧,现在我们是闹他不赢的。如今世上盲人多,明眼人少,他们只有耳朵,没有眼睛,看不出究竟谁清谁浊,只信名气大的人,是好的,不错的。我们且待百年后的人来判断吧!”

。”"But in the end I feel I cannot bear it, Zhicun, Zhicun."

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
忍耐
rěn nài — to endure; to put up with; to exercise patience (HSK 7-9)
不住
bù zhù — 1. (verb complement) unable to firmly or securely (grasp, recall etc) 2. repeatedly; continuously; constantly
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)

“但我终觉得忍耐不住,稚存,稚存。”

“…………”"…………"

……"Zhicun, I, I…………I think……。”I think I want to go home."

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
回家
huí jiā — to return home (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

“…………”"…………"

……"Zhicun, Zhicun, you…………You……?”How are you?"

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
怎麼樣
zěn me yàng — 1. how? 2. how about? 3. how was it? 4. how are things? (HSK 2)

“稚存,稚存,你……你……你怎么样?”

?”"Zhongze, do you have any money on you?"

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
有錢
yǒu qián — 1. well-off 2. wealthy
在身
zài shēn — 1. to possess 2. to be occupied or burdened with (work, a contract, a lawsuit)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
má — exclamatory final particle

“仲则,你有钱在身边么?”

。”"None left."

沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

“没有了。”

"I have none either.Without traveling money, how could we go back?

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
川資
chuān zī — travel expenses
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
ne — 1. (sentence-final particle) used in questions to link back to prior discourse or context ("what about...?", "and...?") 2. (sentence-final particle) indicating that a state or situation still holds 3. (discourse particle) used to mark a slight pause or emphasis in speech (HSK 1)

“我也没有了。没有川资,怎么回去呢?

Zhongze's temperament had always been an extremely fierce one, and naturally he could not bear this insult from Dai Dongyuan; last night he and Zhicun had paced back and forth in silence in their room for half the night, meaning to go back to Changzhou, yet because they had no traveling money, they could not go back.After midnight had passed, once everyone in the Education Commissioner's yamen had fallen asleep, Zhongze and Zhicun were still pacing silently back and forth about the room, hands clasped behind their backs, walking on and on.Zhicun looked at Zhongze's thin, gaunt shadow under the lamp and wanted to tell him to go to sleep, but seeing those moist eyes of his fixed upon the floor, and his whole body trembling faintly with indignation, he found in the end he could not get the words out; so Zhicun would raise his head to steal several glances at Zhongze, and then lower it again as before.By the time the sky was about to grow light, the indignation of the two of them had already dispersed a great deal, and Zhicun said to Zhongze:

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
性格
xìng gé — 1. nature 2. disposition 3. temperament 4. character 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
本來
běn lái — 1. original 2. originally 3. at first 4. it goes without saying 5. of course (HSK 3)
是非
shì fēi — 1. right and wrong 2. quarrel (HSK 7-9)
Cháng — surname Chang (HSK 1)
激烈
jī liè — 1. (of competition or fighting) intense 2. fierce 3. (of pain) acute 4. (of an expression of opinion) impassioned 5. vehement 6. (of a course of action) drastic 7. extreme (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
對於
duì yú — regarding; as far as (sth) is concerned; with regard to (HSK 4)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
rǔ — 1. disgrace 2. dishonor 3. to insult 4. to bring disgrace or humiliation to 5. to be indebted to 6. self-deprecating 7. Taiwan pr. (rù)
mà — variant of 罵 (mà) (HSK 5)
自然
zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
忍受
rěn shòu — to bear; to endure (HSK 5)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
昨晚
zuó wǎn — 1. yesterday evening 2. last night
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
默默
mò mò — in silence; not speaking (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
房間
fáng jiān — 1. room 2. classifier: 間 (jiān) (HSK 1)
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
走去
zǒu qù — to walk over (to)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
半夜
bàn yè — 1. midnight 2. in the middle of the night (HSK 2)
打算
dǎ suàn — 1. to plan 2. to intend 3. to calculate 4. plan 5. intention 6. calculation 7. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
常州
Cháng zhōu — see 常州市 (Cháng zhōu Shì)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
路費
lù fèi — 1. travel expenses 2. money for a voyage 3. toll
不能
bù néng — 1. cannot 2. must not 3. should not
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
半夜
bàn yè — 1. midnight 2. in the middle of the night (HSK 2)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
睡著
shuì zháo — to fall asleep (HSK 4)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
默默
mò mò — in silence; not speaking (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
背著
bēi zhe — carrying on one's back (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. hand 2. (formal) to hold 3. person engaged in certain types of work 4. person skilled in certain types of work 5. personal(ly) 6. convenient 7. classifier for skill 8. classifier: 雙 (shuāng), 隻 (zhī) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
走去
zǒu qù — to walk over (to)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
dēng — 1. lamp 2. light 3. lantern 4. classifier: 盞 (zhǎn) (HSK 2)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
清瘦
qīng shòu — meager
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
影子
yǐng zi — 1. shadow 2. reflection 3. (fig.) hint 4. indication 5. influence 6. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
jiào — 1. to shout 2. to call 3. to order 4. to ask 5. to be called 6. by (indicates agent in the passive mood) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
但是
dàn shì — but; however (HSK 2)
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
水汪汪
shuǐ wāng wāng — 1. watery 2. waterlogged (soil) 3. limpid 4. bright and intelligent (eyes)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
注視
zhù shì — to look attentively at; to closely watch; to gaze at (HSK 5)
著地
zháo dì — 1. to land 2. to touch the ground 3. also pr. (zhuó dì)
bǎn — 1. board 2. plank 3. plate 4. shutter 5. table tennis bat 6. clappers (music) 7. classifier: 塊 (kuài) 8. accented beat in Chinese music 9. hard 10. stiff 11. to stop smiling or look serious (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
雙眼
shuāng yǎn — the two eyes
jīng — eye; eyeball
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
全身
quán shēn — 1. the whole body 2. (typography) em (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Wēi — 1. surname Wei 2. ancient Chinese state near present-day Chongqing 3. Taiwan pr. (Wéi)
chàn — 1. to tremble 2. to shiver 3. to shake 4. to vibrate 5. Taiwan pr. (zhàn)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
憤激
fèn jī — 1. indignant 2. outraged
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
身體
shēn tǐ — 1. the body 2. one's health (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
zhōng — 1. end 2. finish
說不出話來
shuō bù chū huà lái — speechless
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
舉起
jǔ qǐ — 1. to heave 2. to lift 3. to raise up 4. to uphold
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
偷看
tōu kàn — 1. to peep 2. to peek 3. to steal a glance (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
好幾
hǎo jǐ — 1. several 2. quite a few
yǎn — 1. eye (classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng)) 2. (often used with 一 (yī)) a look; a glance 3. small hole 4. (bound form) salient point 5. classifier for wells, cave-dwellings etc (HSK 2)
依舊
yī jiù — 1. as before; still 2. to remain the same (HSK 5)
把頭
bǎ tóu — 1. labor contractor 2. gangmaster
低下
dī xià — 1. low status 2. lowly 3. to lower (one's head) (HSK 7-9)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
liàng — 1. bright; light 2. to shine; to flash 3. loud and clear 4. to show (one's passport etc); to make public (one's views etc) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
憤激
fèn jī — 1. indignant 2. outraged
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
消散
xiāo sàn — to dissipate
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
好多
hǎo duō — 1. many 2. quite a lot 3. much better (HSK 2)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

仲则的性格,本来是非常激烈的,对于戴东原的这辱骂自然是忍受不过去的,昨晚上和稚存两人默默的在房间里走来走去走了半夜,打算回常州去,又因为没有路费,不能回去。当半夜过了,学使衙门里的人都睡著之后,仲则和稚存还是默默的背著了手在房里走来走去的在走。稚存看看灯下的仲则的清瘦的影子,想叫他睡了,但是看看他的水汪汪的注视著地板的那双眼睛,和他的全身在微颤著的愤激的身体,却终说不出话来,所以稚存举起头来对仲则偷看了好几眼,依旧把头低下去了。到了天将亮的时候,他们两人的愤激已消散了好多,稚存就对仲则说:

"Zhongze, our true worth will surely be recognized by someone a hundred years from now — what matters is taking care of your health.Dai Dongyuan is no court historian — can he change the history of a hundred years hence?。”The victor of a moment need not be the victor of ten thousand generations; we ought still to hold ourselves in some self-respect."

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
jià — 1. price 2. value 3. (chemistry) valence (HSK 5)
百年
bǎi nián — 1. hundred years; century 2. (fig.) a whole lifetime; a person's whole life
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
總有
zǒng yǒu — inevitably there will be
zhī — 1. to know 2. to be aware
zhě — 1. (after a verb or adjective) one who (is) ... 2. (after a noun) person involved in ... 3. -er 4. -ist 5. (used after a number or 後 (hòu) or 前 (qián) to refer to sth mentioned previously) 6. (used after a term, to mark a pause before defining the term) 7. (old) (used at the end of a command) 8. (old) this
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
保重
bǎo zhòng — to take care of oneself (HSK 7-9)
身體
shēn tǐ — 1. the body 2. one's health (HSK 1)
要緊
yào jǐn — 1. important 2. urgent (HSK 7-9)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)
不是
bù shì — 1. no 2. is not 3. not
史官
shǐ guān — 1. scribe 2. court recorder 3. historian 4. historiographer
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
改變
gǎi biàn — 1. to change 2. to alter 3. to transform (HSK 2)
百年
bǎi nián — 1. hundred years; century 2. (fig.) a whole lifetime; a person's whole life
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
歷史
lì shǐ — 1. history 2. classifier: 門 (mén), 段 (duàn) (HSK 4)
má — exclamatory final particle
一時
yī shí — 1. a period of time 2. a while 3. for a short while 4. temporary 5. momentary 6. at the same time (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
勝利者
shèng lì zhě — 1. victor 2. winner
未必
wèi bì — 1. not necessarily 2. maybe not (HSK 4)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
萬世
wàn shì — all ages
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
勝利者
shèng lì zhě — 1. victor 2. winner
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
gāi — 1. should 2. ought to 3. probably 4. must be 5. to deserve 6. to owe 7. to be sb's turn to do sth 8. that 9. the above-mentioned (HSK 2)
自重
zì zhòng — 1. to conduct oneself with dignity 2. to be dignified 3. deadweight
xiē — classifier indicating a small amount or small number greater than 1: some, a few, several (HSK 4)

“仲则,我们的真价,百年后总有知者,还是保重身体要紧。戴东原不是史官,他能改变百年后的历史么?一时的胜利者未必是万世的胜利者,我们还该自重些。”

Hearing this, Zhongze raised his moist eyes and glanced at Zhicun, and after staring blankly for a moment, he finally said to Zhicun:

Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
舉起
jǔ qǐ — 1. to heave 2. to lift 3. to raise up 4. to uphold
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Shuāng — surname Shuang (HSK 3)
水汪汪
shuǐ wāng wāng — 1. watery 2. waterlogged (soil) 3. limpid 4. bright and intelligent (eyes)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼睛
yǎn jing — 1. eye 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī), 雙 (shuāng) (HSK 2)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一眼
yī yǎn — 1. a glance 2. a quick look 3. a glimpse (HSK 7-9)
dāi — 1. foolish; stupid 2. expressionless; blank 3. variant of 待 (dāi) (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Hū — surname Hu
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

仲则听了这话,就举起他的一双水汪汪的眼睛,对稚存看了一眼,呆了一忽,他才对稚存说:

。”"Zhicun, my head aches terribly."

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
頭痛
tóu tòng — to have a headache
得很
de hěn — (after an adjective) very

“稚存,我头痛得很。”

Having said this one sentence, he again lowered his head in silence and paced back and forth for a while more, then said to Zhicun again:

這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一句
yī jù — 1. a line of verse 2. a sentence
réng — 1. still; yet 2. to remain 3. (literary) frequently; often (HSK 3)
fù — 1. to repeat 2. to double 3. to overlap 4. complex (not simple) 5. compound 6. composite 7. double 8. diplo- 9. duplicate 10. overlapping 11. to duplicate
默默
mò mò — in silence; not speaking (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fǔ — 1. to look down 2. to stoop
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
走去
zǒu qù — to walk over (to)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Huí — Hui ethnic group (Chinese Muslims) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

这样的讲了一句,仍复默默的俯了首,走来走去走了一回,他又对稚存说:

"Zhicun, I'm afraid I'm going to fall ill.!”I have walked all day today, and my body is already utterly exhausted; and coming back I was insulted like this by that false Confucian besides. Zhicun, if I should die, you must avenge me!"

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
bìng — 1. illness 2. classifier: 場 (cháng) 3. disease 4. to fall ill 5. defect (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
身體
shēn tǐ — 1. the body 2. one's health (HSK 1)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
疲倦
pí juàn — 1. to tire 2. tired (HSK 7-9)
極了
jí le — 1. extremely 2. exceedingly
回來
huí lai — to return; to come back (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
wěi — 1. false 2. fake 3. forged 4. bogus 5. (prefix) pseudo- 6. Taiwan pr. (wèi)
rú — 1. scholar 2. Confucian
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rǔ — 1. disgrace 2. dishonor 3. to insult 4. to bring disgrace or humiliation to 5. to be indebted to 6. self-deprecating 7. Taiwan pr. (rù)
mà — variant of 罵 (mà) (HSK 5)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. threshing floor 2. classifier for events and happenings: spell, episode, bout (HSK 2)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
若是
ruò shì — if
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
復仇
fù chóu — 1. to avenge 2. vengeance
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yā — 1. ah (used to express surprise) 2. (onom.) creaking (HSK 4)

“稚存,我怕要病了。我今天走了一天,身体已经疲倦极了,回来又被那伪儒这样的辱骂一场,稚存,我若是死了,要你为我复仇的呀!”

"There you go saying such things again. From now on let us devote ourselves to what is great and far-reaching, and not wear away our resolve over such trifles!As for me, I now feel that a man like Dai Dongyuan is simply not worth a glance from me any longer.。”Go and sleep in peace now."

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
要說
yào shuō — 1. as for 2. when it comes to
這些
zhè xiē — these (HSK 1)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
以後
yǐ hòu — 1. after 2. later 3. afterwards 4. following 5. later on 6. in the future (HSK 2)
還是
hái shi — 1. still (as before) 2. had better 3. unexpectedly 4. or (HSK 1)
wù — 1. affair 2. business 3. matter 4. to be engaged in 5. to attend to 6. by all means
qí — 1. his 2. her 3. its 4. their 5. that 6. such 7. it (refers to sth preceding it) (HSK 5)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
zhě — 1. (after a verb or adjective) one who (is) ... 2. (after a noun) person involved in ... 3. -er 4. -ist 5. (used after a number or 後 (hòu) or 前 (qián) to refer to sth mentioned previously) 6. (used after a term, to mark a pause before defining the term) 7. (old) (used at the end of a command) 8. (old) this
yuǎn — 1. far 2. distant 3. remote 4. (intensifier in a comparison) by far 5. much (lower etc) (HSK 1)
zhě — 1. (after a verb or adjective) one who (is) ... 2. (after a noun) person involved in ... 3. -er 4. -ist 5. (used after a number or 後 (hòu) or 前 (qián) to refer to sth mentioned previously) 6. (used after a term, to mark a pause before defining the term) 7. (old) (used at the end of a command) 8. (old) this
不要
bù yào — don't!; must not (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那些
nà xiē — those (HSK 1)
小節
xiǎo jié — 1. a minor matter 2. trivia 3. bar (music)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
消磨
xiāo mó — 1. to wear down 2. to sap 3. to whittle away 4. to while away 5. to idle away
我們
wǒ men — we; us; ourselves; our (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
志氣
zhì qì — 1. ambition 2. resolve 3. backbone 4. drive 5. spirit (HSK 7-9)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)
那樣
nà yàng — 1. that kind 2. that sort (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
並不
bìng bù — not at all; by no means
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
眼中
yǎn zhōng — in (sb's) eyes
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
qiě — 1. and 2. moreover 3. yet 4. for the time being 5. to be about to 6. both (... and...) (HSK 7-9)
Ān — surname An (HSK 4)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

“你又要说这些话了,我们以后还是务其大者远者,不要在那些小节上消磨我们的志气吧!我现在觉得戴东原那样的人,并不在我的眼中了。你且安睡吧。”

。”"You go and sleep too — it's already quite late."

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
已經
yǐ jīng — already (HSK 2)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
zǎo — 1. early 2. morning 3. Good morning! 4. long ago 5. prematurely (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

“你也去睡吧,时候已经不早了。”

After Zhicun had gone, Zhongze remained alone in the room, head bowed, pacing back and forth for a long while yet; only when he felt his headache had truly become unbearable did he go to bed to sleep.He woke weeping from his dreams several times, and by noon the next day, when Zhicun went into his room to see him, he was running a fever, his cheeks flushed crimson, and he was talking nothing but delirious raving.Zhicun went to his bedside and reached out to touch his forehead, whereupon he suddenly sat up and asked Zhicun:

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
fǔ — 1. to look down 2. to stoop
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
走去
zǒu qù — to walk over (to)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
好久
hǎo jiǔ — (coll.) for a long time (HSK 2)
後來
hòu lái — 1. afterwards; later 2. newly arrived (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
實在
shí zài — 1. really 2. actually 3. indeed 4. true 5. real 6. honest 7. dependable 8. (philosophy) reality (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
頭痛
tóu tòng — to have a headache
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
上床
shàng chuáng — 1. to go to bed 2. (coll.) to have sex
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
睡夢中
shuì mèng zhōng — in one's sleep
kū — to cry; to weep (HSK 2)
醒來
xǐng lái — to waken (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
好幾
hǎo jǐ — 1. several 2. quite a few
cì — 1. next in sequence 2. second 3. the second (day, time etc) 4. secondary 5. vice- 6. sub- 7. infra- 8. inferior quality 9. substandard 10. order 11. sequence 12. hypo- (chemistry) 13. classifier for enumerated events: time (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
第二天
dì èr tiān — 1. next day 2. the morrow
中午
zhōng wǔ — 1. noon 2. midday 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
jìn — 1. to go forward 2. to advance 3. to go in 4. to enter 5. to put in 6. to submit 7. to take in 8. to admit 9. (math.) base of a number system 10. classifier for sections in a building or residential compound (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
身上
shēn shang — 1. on the body 2. at hand 3. among (HSK 1)
發熱
fā rè — 1. to have a high temperature 2. feverish 3. unable to think calmly 4. to emit heat (HSK 7-9)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
jiá — cheeks
Wéi — 1. abbr. for Uighur 維吾爾 (Wéi wú ěr) 2. surname Wei
Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
zhān — (literary) to rant; to rave; to be delirious
yǔ — 1. dialect 2. language 3. speech
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
床邊
chuáng biān — bedside
伸手
shēn shǒu — 1. to reach out with one's hand 2. to hold out a hand 3. (fig.) to beg 4. to get involved 5. to meddle (HSK 7-9)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
頭上
tóu shàng — 1. overhead 2. above
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
mō — 1. to feel with the hand 2. to touch 3. to stroke 4. to grope 5. to steal 6. to abstract (HSK 4)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
忽然
hū rán — suddenly; all of a sudden (HSK 2)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

稚存去后,仲则一个人还在房里俯了首走来走去的走了好久,后来他觉得实在是头痛不过了,才上床去睡。他从睡梦中哭醒来了好几次,到第二天中午,稚存进他房去看他的时候,他身上发热,两颊维红,尽在那里讲谵语。稚存到他床边伸手到他头上去一摸,他忽然坐了起来间稚存说:

?”"What do all the famous Hanlin scholars in the capital say of my poems?"

京師
jīng shī — capital of a country (literary)
Zhū — surname Zhu
míng — 1. name 2. noun (part of speech) 3. place (e.g. among winners) 4. famous 5. classifier for people (HSK 2)
太史
Tài shǐ — two-character surname Taishi
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
怎麼樣
zěn me yàng — 1. how? 2. how about? 3. how was it? 4. how are things? (HSK 2)

“京师诸名太史说我的诗怎么样?”

Zhicun, holding back tears, forced a smile and said:

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
hán — 1. to keep in the mouth 2. to contain (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
眼淚
yǎn lèi — 1. tear; teardrop 2. classifier: 滴 (dī) (HSK 4)
勉強
miǎn qiǎng — 1. to do with difficulty 2. to force sb to do sth 3. reluctant 4. barely enough (HSK 7-9)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

稚存含了眼泪勉强笑著说:

。”"They are all praising you, saying your talent surpasses even Yuyang's."

他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
稱讚
chēng zàn — to praise; to commend; to compliment (HSK 4)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
yú — 1. fisherman 2. to fish
yáng — 1. ocean 2. vast 3. foreign 4. silver dollar or coin (HSK 6)
之上
zhī shàng — above

“他们都在称赞你,说你的才在渔洋之上。”

"Surpasses Yuyang's?。”Ha ha, ha ha."

zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
yú — 1. fisherman 2. to fish
yáng — 1. ocean 2. vast 3. foreign 4. silver dollar or coin (HSK 6)
之上
zhī shàng — above
呵呵
hē hē — 1. (onom.) gentle laughter 2. chuckle
呵呵
hē hē — 1. (onom.) gentle laughter 2. chuckle

“在渔洋之上?呵呵,呵呵。”

Seeing him in this sick state, Zhicun could not stop the tears from falling; he had meant to go and inform the Education Commissioner Zhu Sihe, but fearing he might run into Dai Dongyuan, he could only give up going.Zhicun used a damp towel to cool his head a little, and only then did he sleep for a short while.In less than thirty minutes he sat up again and asked Zhicun:

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
病狀
bìng zhuàng — symptom (of a disease)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
zhǐ — 1. to stop 2. to prohibit 3. until 4. only (HSK 6)
不住
bù zhù — 1. (verb complement) unable to firmly or securely (grasp, recall etc) 2. repeatedly; continuously; constantly
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
xià — 1. down 2. downwards 3. below 4. lower 5. later 6. next (week etc) 7. second (of two parts) 8. to decline 9. to go down 10. to arrive at (a decision, conclusion etc) 11. measure word to show the frequency of an action (HSK 1)
眼淚
yǎn lèi — 1. tear; teardrop 2. classifier: 滴 (dī) (HSK 4)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
běn — 1. (bound form) root; stem 2. (bound form) origin; source 3. (bound form) one's own; this 4. (bound form) this; the current (year etc) 5. (bound form) original 6. (bound form) inherent 7. originally; initially 8. capital; principal 9. classifier for books, periodicals, files etc (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
通知
tōng zhī — 1. to notify 2. to inform 3. notice 4. notification 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
Zhū — surname Zhu
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
因為
yīn wèi — because; owing to; on account of (HSK 2)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Yuán — 1. surname Yuan 2. (Japanese surname) Hara (HSK 6)
遇見
yù jiàn — to meet (HSK 4)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
只好
zhǐ hǎo — to have no other option but to ...; to have to; to be forced to (HSK 3)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
yòng — 1. to use; to make use of; to employ 2. (coverb) with; using 3. to need; to have to (usu. used in the negative or in questions) 4. usefulness; utility 5. (bound form) expense; outlay 6. (courteous) to eat; to drink 7. (literary) hence; therefore (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shī — 1. moist 2. wet (HSK 4)
毛巾
máo jīn — 1. towel 2. classifier: 條 (tiáo) (HSK 4)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
頭腦
tóu nǎo — 1. brains 2. mind 3. skull 4. (fig.) gist (of a matter) 5. leader 6. boss (HSK 3)
Liáng — the five Liang of the Sixteen Kingdoms, namely: Former Liang 前涼 (314-376), Later Liang 後涼 (386-403), Northern Liang 北涼 (398-439), Southern Liang 南涼 (Nán Liáng) (397-414), Western Liang 西涼 (400-421) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Liáng — the five Liang of the Sixteen Kingdoms, namely: Former Liang 前涼 (314-376), Later Liang 後涼 (386-403), Northern Liang 北涼 (398-439), Southern Liang 南涼 (Nán Liáng) (397-414), Western Liang 西涼 (400-421) (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
shuì — 1. to sleep 2. to lie down (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Hū — surname Hu
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
三十
sān shí — 1. thirty 2. 30
分鐘
fēn zhōng — minute (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

稚存看了他这病状,就止不住的流下眼泪来,本想去通知学使朱笥河,但因为怕与戴东原遇见,所以只好不去。稚存用了湿毛巾把他头脑凉了一凉,他才睡了一忽。不上三十分钟,他又坐起来问稚存说:

,……"Zhujun,……Why doesn't Zhujun come?Why hasn't Zhujun been to my room these past few days?Could it be that he has truly believed those words of his?!”I want to go home, I want to go home — who would want to stay on here!"

zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
這幾天
zhè jǐ tiān — the past few days
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
難道
nán dào — 1. don't tell me ... 2. could it be that...? (HSK 3)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
果真
guǒ zhēn — 1. really 2. as expected 3. sure enough 4. if indeed... 5. if it's really... (HSK 7-9)
xìn — 1. letter 2. mail 3. classifier: 封 (fēng) 4. to trust 5. to believe 6. to profess faith in 7. truthful 8. confidence 9. trust 10. at will 11. at random (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
的話
de huà — if (coming after a conditional clause) (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
回去
huí qu — 1. to return 2. to go back (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
shéi — 1. who 2. also pr. (shuí) (HSK 1)
願意
yuàn yì — 1. to wish 2. to want 3. ready 4. willing (to do sth) (HSK 2)
zhù — 1. to live; to reside; to stay 2. to stop; to cease 3. (result complement indicating firmness or a stable achieved state) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
這裡
zhè lǐ — here (HSK 1)

“竹君,……竹君怎么不来?竹君怎么这几天没有到我房里来过?难道他果真信了他的话了么?我要回去了,我要回去了,谁愿意住在这里!”

Hearing this, Zhicun too felt that these past few days Zhujun had indeed seemed somewhat distant toward them, and though in his heart he likewise felt a great sorrow and indignation, toward Zhongze he could only put on a smile and say:

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
huà — 1. dialect 2. language 3. spoken words 4. speech 5. talk 6. words 7. conversation 8. what sb said 9. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 席 (xí), 句 (jù), 口 (kǒu), 番 (fān) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
這幾天
zhè jǐ tiān — the past few days
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
què — 1. authenticated 2. solid 3. firm 4. real 5. true
有些
yǒu xiē — 1. some 2. somewhat; rather; a bit
疏遠
shū yuǎn — 1. to drift apart 2. to become estranged 3. to alienate 4. estrangement
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
心裡
xīn li — 1. chest 2. heart; mind (HSK 2)
雖則
suī zé — 1. nevertheless 2. although
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
感到
gǎn dào — to feel; to sense; to perceive (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
非常
fēi cháng — 1. very; really 2. unusual; extraordinary (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
悲憤
bēi fèn — grief and indignation
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
只能
zhǐ néng — 1. can only 2. obliged to do sth 3. to have no other choice (HSK 2)
zhuāng — 1. adornment 2. to adorn 3. dress 4. clothing 5. costume (of an actor in a play) 6. to play a role 7. to pretend 8. to install 9. to fix 10. to wrap (sth in a bag) 11. to load 12. to pack (HSK 2)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
笑容
xiào róng — 1. smile 2. smiling expression 3. classifier: 副 (fù) (HSK 6)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

稚存听了这话,也觉得这几天竹君对他们确有些疏远的样子,他心里虽则也感到了非常的悲愤,但对仲则却只能装著笑容说:

。”"Zhujun was just here a moment ago. Seeing you asleep, he told me not to wake you, and quietly went out again."

zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
剛才
gāng cái — 1. just now 2. a moment ago (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
睡著
shuì zháo — to fall asleep (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
這裡
zhè lǐ — here (HSK 1)
Jiào — surname Jiao (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
不要
bù yào — don't!; must not (HSK 2)
驚醒
jīng xǐng — 1. to rouse 2. to be woken by sth 3. to wake with a start 4. to sleep lightly (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
悄悄
qiāo qiāo — 1. quiet; making little or no noise 2. surreptitious; stealthy 3. anxious; worried 4. Taiwan pr. (qiǎo qiǎo) (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
出去
chū qù — to go out (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

“竹君刚才来过,他见你睡著在这里,教我不要惊醒你来,就悄悄的出去了。”

"Zhujun was here??”Why didn't you tell me, why didn't you get him to drive that great thief away?"

zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
má — exclamatory final particle
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
怎麼
zěn me — 1. how? 2. what? 3. why? (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
Jiào — surname Jiao (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
Nā — surname Na (HSK 1)
大盜
dà dào — thief; bandit (esp. one who has gained notoriety)
趕出
gǎn chū — to drive away
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)

“竹君来过了么?你怎么不讲,你怎么不教他把那大盗赶出去?”

After Zhicun had deceived Zhongze into sleeping again, he naturally had a good thorough cry of his own.By the time the shadows of night had crept into Zhongze's room, Zhicun too had fallen asleep at the edge of Zhongze's bed.

zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
piàn — 1. to cheat 2. to swindle 3. to deceive 4. to get on (a horse etc) by swinging one leg over (HSK 5)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
睡著
shuì zháo — to fall asleep (HSK 4)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
自然
zì rán — 1. nature 2. natural 3. naturally (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
kū — to cry; to weep (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
爽快
shuǎng kuai — 1. refreshed 2. rejuvenated 3. frank and straightforward (HSK 7-9)
yè — night (HSK 2)
Yīn — surname Yin (HSK 2)
侵入
qīn rù — 1. to make (military) incursions 2. to invade 3. to intrude into 4. to trespass 5. to gain unauthorized access (computing)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
床沿
chuáng yán — the edge of a bed
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
睡著
shuì zháo — to fall asleep (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

稚存骗仲则睡著之后,自然也哭了一个爽快。夜阴侵入到仲则的房里来的时候,稚存也在仲则的床沿上睡著了。

The months and years moved on.The new spring of the thirty-seventh year of the Qianlong reign brought much wind and frost and rain and snow into the city of Taiping, and it was not until the very end of the first month that the weather at last turned clear.Huang Zhongze, the sick man lying in the west chamber of Shouchun Garden northeast of the Education Commissioner's yamen, was, like the gloomy weather, growing stronger day by day by the time the first month drew to its end.Having always been thin and gaunt, he had, after this severe bout of typhoid fever, grown pitifully thinner still; but the friendship between him and Zhicun, having gone through this ordeal together, had instead grown deeper with each passing day.The two of them came to hold each other's gifts in still greater mutual esteem; every evening they would each speak of their own aspirations, always talking on past the third watch before they were willing to sleep, and in this time their two souls seemed almost to have melted into one.

歲月
suì yuè — 1. years 2. time (HSK 5)
遷移
qiān yí — 1. to migrate 2. to move (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
乾隆
Qián lóng — 1. the Qianlong era 2. Qianlong Emperor (1711–1799), sixth Qing emperor, princely title 寶親王 (Bǎo Qīn wáng), personal name 弘曆 (Hóng lì), reigned 1735–1799
三十
sān shí — 1. thirty 2. 30
qī — 1. seven 2. 7 (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
新春
xīn chūn — 1. the beginning of Spring 2. the 10 or 20 days following the lunar New Year's Day
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
許多
xǔ duō — 1. many 2. a lot of 3. much (HSK 2)
風霜雨雪
fēng shuāng yǔ xuě — 1. (lit.) wind, frost, rain and snow (idiom) 2. (fig.) all kinds of trials and hardships
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
太平
Tài píng — see 太平區 (Tài píng Qū) (HSK 7-9)
府城
fǔ chéng — 1. capital of 府 prefecture (from Tang to Qing times) 2. prefectural seat
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
一直
yī zhí — 1. straight (in a straight line) 2. continuously; always; all the way through (HSK 2)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
正月
Zhēng yuè — first month of the lunar year
盡頭
jìn tóu — end; extremity; limit (HSK 7-9)
天氣
tiān qì — weather (HSK 1)
方才
fāng cái — 1. just now 2. then
晴朗
qíng lǎng — sunny and cloudless (HSK 5)
wò — 1. to lie 2. to crouch (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
衙門
yá men — yamen, government office in dynastic China
東北
Dōng běi — Northeast China; Manchuria (HSK 2)
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
Shòu — surname Shou
Chūn — surname Chun
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
Shì — surname Shi (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
病夫
bìng fū — sick man
Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
陰暗
yīn àn — 1. dim 2. dark 3. overcast 4. darkness 5. shadow 6. (fig.) dismal 7. gloomy 8. somber 9. murky 10. shadowy (side) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
天氣
tiān qì — weather (HSK 1)
一樣
yī yàng — 1. same 2. like 3. equal to 4. the same as 5. just like (HSK 1)
到了
dào liǎo — 1. at last 2. finally 3. in the end
正月
Zhēng yuè — first month of the lunar year
盡頭
jìn tóu — end; extremity; limit (HSK 7-9)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
強健
qiáng jiàn — sturdy
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
本來
běn lái — 1. original 2. originally 3. at first 4. it goes without saying 5. of course (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
清瘦
qīng shòu — meager
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zāo — 1. to suffer; to meet with (usu. misfortune) 2. classifier for events: time, turn, incident
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. threshing floor 2. classifier for events and happenings: spell, episode, bout (HSK 2)
傷寒
shāng hán — typhoid
重症
zhòng zhèng — 1. acute (of medical condition) 2. grave
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
清瘦
qīng shòu — meager
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
可憐
kě lián — 1. pitiful 2. pathetic 3. to have pity on (HSK 5)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
友情
yǒu qíng — 1. friendly feelings 2. friendship (HSK 7-9)
Jīng — surname Jing (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Pān — surname Pan (HSK 6)
患難
huàn nàn — trials and tribulations
dǎo — 1. to fall; to collapse; to lie horizontally 2. to fail; to go bankrupt 3. to overthrow 4. to change (trains or buses) 5. to move around 6. to resell at a profit (HSK 2)
變得
biàn de — to become
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
濃厚
nóng hòu — 1. dense 2. thick (fog, clouds etc) 3. to have a strong interest in 4. deep 5. fully saturated (color) (HSK 7-9)
shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
gè — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
gè — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
天分
tiān fèn — 1. natural gift 2. talent (HSK 7-9)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
gēng — 1. to change or replace 2. to experience 3. one of the five two-hour periods into which the night was formerly divided 4. watch (e.g. of a sentry or guard) (HSK 2)
互相
hù xiāng — 1. each other 2. mutually 3. mutual (HSK 3)
尊敬
zūn jìng — 1. to respect; to revere; to esteem 2. honorable; distinguished (used on formal occasions before a term of address) (HSK 5)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
每天
měi tiān — every day
晚上
wǎn shang — 1. evening 2. night 3. classifier: 個 (gè) 4. in the evening (HSK 1)
gè — 1. each 2. every (HSK 3)
jiǎng — 1. to speak 2. to explain 3. to negotiate 4. to emphasize 5. to be particular about 6. as far as sth is concerned 7. speech 8. lecture (HSK 2)
自家
zì jiā — 1. oneself 2. one's own family
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
抱負
bào fù — 1. aspiration 2. ambition (HSK 7-9)
總要
zǒng yào — nevertheless
講到
jiǎng dào — to talk about sth
三更
sān gēng — 1. third of the five night watch periods 23:00-01:00 (old) 2. midnight 3. also pr. (sān jīn)
過後
guò hòu — after the event (HSK 6)
cái — 1. ability; talent 2. sb of a certain type 3. a capable individual 4. then and only then 5. just now 6. (before an expression of quantity) only 7. (emphatic, esp. in contrast or correction) really; actually (HSK 2)
kěn — 1. to agree; to consent 2. to be willing to (HSK 6)
入睡
rù shuì — to fall asleep
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
gě — used in 自個兒 (zì gě r) (HSK 1)
靈魂
líng hún — 1. soul 2. spirit (HSK 7-9)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
前後
qián hòu — 1. around 2. from beginning to end 3. all around 4. front and rear (HSK 3)
差不多
chà bu duō — 1. almost 2. nearly 3. more or less 4. about the same 5. good enough 6. not bad (HSK 2)
yāo — (bound form) to demand; to coerce (HSK 1)
化作
huà zuò — 1. to change into 2. to turn into 3. to become
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)

岁月迁移了。乾隆三十七年的新春带了许多风霜雨雪到太平府城里来,一直到了正月尽头,天气方才晴朗。卧在学使衙门东北边寿春园西室的病夫黄仲则,也同阴暗的天气一样,到了正月尽头却一天一天的强健了起来。本来是清瘦的他,遭了这一场伤寒重症,更清瘦得可怜,但稚存与他的友情,经了这一番患难,倒变得是一天浓厚似一天了。他们二人各对各的天分,也更互相尊敬了起来,每天晚上,各讲自家的抱负,总要讲到三更过后才肯入睡,两个灵魂,在这前后,差不多要化作成一个的样子。

After the second month, the weather suddenly turned warm.Zhongze's sickly body could visibly be seen growing sturdier as well.By mid-second-month, Zhongze was already able to get up and go to burn incense at Guangfu Temple below Fuqiu Hill.

二月
Èr yuè — 1. February 2. second month (of the lunar year)
以後
yǐ hòu — 1. after 2. later 3. afterwards 4. following 5. later on 6. in the future (HSK 2)
天氣
tiān qì — weather (HSK 1)
忽而
hū ér — 1. suddenly 2. now (..., now...)
變暖
biàn nuǎn — to become warm
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
bìng — 1. illness 2. classifier: 場 (cháng) 3. disease 4. to fall ill 5. defect (HSK 1)
tī — 1. used in 體己 (tī ji) 2. Taiwan pr. (tǐ)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
眼見得
yǎn jiàn de — 1. (dialect) obviously 2. clearly
強壯
qiáng zhuàng — 1. strong 2. sturdy 3. robust (HSK 6)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
二月
Èr yuè — 1. February 2. second month (of the lunar year)
bàn — 1. half 2. semi- 3. incomplete 4. (after a number) and a half (HSK 1)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
起來
qǐ lai — 1. to stand up; to get up 2. also pr. (qǐ lái) (HSK 1)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
fú — 1. to float 2. superficial 3. floating 4. unstable 5. movable 6. provisional 7. temporary 8. transient 9. impetuous 10. hollow 11. inflated 12. to exceed 13. superfluous 14. excessive 15. surplus (HSK 6)
Qiū — surname Qiu
山下
Shān xià — Yamashita (Japanese surname)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Guǎng — surname Guang (HSK 5)
Fú — 1. surname Fu 2. abbr. for Fujian province 福建省 (Fú jiàn Shěng) (HSK 3)
sì — 1. Buddhist temple 2. mosque 3. government office (old) (HSK 6)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
燒香
shāo xiāng — to burn incense
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

二月以后,天气忽而变暖了。仲则的病体也眼见得强壮了起来。到二月半,仲则已能起来往浮邱山下的广福寺去烧香去了。

His proud, solitary, and suspicious nature had, after this great illness, undergone no change to speak of.He always felt that ever since Dai Dongyuan's visit the year before, Zhu Zhujun's manner toward him was no longer as sincere as it once had been.One long afternoon, alone in his room, he was leafing through the drafts of his old poems when he came again upon a poem in the old Boliang verse form, "Presented to Mr. Zhu Sihe," written from the time he first met the Education Commissioner Zhu Zhujun the year before.Thinking back on the warmth of that first meeting, as if they were old friends, and comparing it with his present tedious state, he felt that in every affair of human life, nothing ever lasts long.Taking up his brush, he then added four more regulated-verse poems to the manuscript.

tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
孤傲
gū ào — proud and aloof
多疑
duō yí — mistrustful; suspicious; paranoid
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
性質
xìng zhì — 1. nature 2. characteristic 3. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 4)
Jīng — surname Jing (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Pān — surname Pan (HSK 6)
大病
dà bìng — serious illness
bìng — 1. and 2. furthermore 3. also 4. together with 5. (not) at all 6. simultaneously 7. to combine 8. to join 9. to merge (HSK 3)
沒有什麼
méi yǒu shén me — 1. it is nothing 2. there's nothing ... about it
改變
gǎi biàn — 1. to change 2. to alter 3. to transform (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
自從
zì cóng — 1. since (a time) 2. ever since (HSK 3)
去年
qù nián — last year (HSK 1)
Dài — surname Dai (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
原來
yuán lái — 1. original; former 2. originally; formerly; at first 3. so, actually, as it turns out (HSK 2)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一次
yī cì — 1. first 2. first time 3. once 4. (math.) linear (of degree one)
之後
zhī hòu — 1. after; behind 2. (at the beginning of a sentence) afterwards; since then (HSK 4)
Zhū — surname Zhu
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
態度
tài du — 1. manner 2. bearing 3. attitude 4. approach 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
不如
bù rú — 1. not equal to; not as good as; inferior to 2. it would be better to (HSK 2)
從前
cóng qián — 1. previously 2. formerly 3. once upon a time (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
誠懇
chéng kěn — 1. sincere 2. honest 3. cordial (HSK 7-9)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
午後
wǔ hòu — afternoon
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
一個人
yī gè rén — 1. by oneself (without assistance) 2. alone (without company)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Fáng — surname Fang
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
翻開
fān kāi — to open up
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
詩稿
shī gǎo — verse manuscript
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
看見
kàn jiàn — to see; to catch sight of (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
去年
qù nián — last year (HSK 1)
chū — 1. (bound form) at first; initially 2. (bound form) first; early 3. (bound form) (in lunar calendar dates, before numerals 1–10) days 1 to 10 of a month, as in 初三 (chū sān) "the third" (HSK 3)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
Zhū — surname Zhu
zhú — 1. (bound form) bamboo 2. Kangxi radical 118
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Zhū — surname Zhu
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
先生
xiān sheng — 1. teacher 2. gentleman; sir; mister (Mr.) 3. husband 4. (dialect) doctor 5. classifier: 位 (wèi) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Bǎi — 1. surname Bai 2. Taiwan pr. (Bó)
Liáng — 1. Liang Dynasty (502–557) 2. Later Liang Dynasty (907–923) 3. surname Liang
古體詩
gǔ tǐ shī — a pre-Tang Dynasty genre of poetry, relatively free in form, usually having four, five, six or seven characters per line
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
xiǎng — 1. to think (about) 2. to think of; to devise 3. to think (that); to believe (that) 4. to desire; to want (to) 5. to miss (feel wistful about the absence of) (HSK 1)
當時
dāng shí — then; at that time (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. to see 2. to meet 3. to appear (to be sth) 4. to interview 5. opinion 6. view (HSK 1)
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
jiù — 1. old 2. opposite: new 新 3. former 4. worn (with age) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhī — 1. to know 2. to be aware
Yù — surname Yu (HSK 4)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
現在
xiàn zài — now; at present; currently (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
無聊
wú liáo — 1. bored 2. boring 3. senseless (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
狀態
zhuàng tài — condition; state; state of affairs (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
Bǐ — 1. Belgium 2. Belgian 3. abbr. for 比利時 (Bǐ lì shí) (HSK 1)
覺得
jué de — 1. to think that ...; to feel that ... 2. to feel (uncomfortable etc) (HSK 1)
人生
rén shēng — life (one's time on earth) (HSK 3)
事事
shì shì — everything
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
jú — 1. office 2. situation 3. classifier for games: match, set, round etc (HSK 4)
拿起
ná qǐ — to pick up
bǐ — 1. writing brush; writing implement (pen, pencil etc) (classifier: 支 (zhī), 枝 (zhī)) 2. brushstroke; stroke (in painting or calligraphy) 3. (bound form) style of writing; literary manner; technique of brushwork 4. (classifier) stroke of a Chinese character 5. (classifier) sum of money; financial transaction; piece of business 6. (literary) to write (with a brush or pen) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
tiān — to add; to increase; to replenish (HSK 6)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
sì — 1. four 2. 4 (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
律詩
lǜ shī — 1. regular verse 2. strict poetic form with eight lines of 5, 6 or 7 syllables and even lines rhyming
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
詩稿
shī gǎo — verse manuscript
上去
shàng qù — to go up (HSK 3)

他的孤傲多疑的性质,经了这一番大病,并没有什么改变。他总觉得自从去年戴东原来了一次之后,朱竹君对他的态度,不如从前的诚恳了。有一天日长的午后,他一个人在房里翻开旧作的诗稿来看,却又看见了去年初见朱竹君学使时候的一首《上朱笥河先生》的柏梁古体诗。他想想当时一见如旧的知遇,与现在的无聊的状态一比,觉得人生事事,都无长局。拿起笔来他就又添写了四首律诗到诗稿上去。

I have no way to suppress my feelings — they always soar unchecked; in a daze I wander lost, and sit as if in a trance of forgetting.

yì — 1. to restrain 2. to restrict 3. to keep down 4. or
qíng — 1. (bound form) feelings; emotion; sentiment; passion 2. (bound form) situation; condition (HSK 7-9)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
Jì — surname Ji (HSK 7-9)
zǒng — 1. (bound form) general; overall 2. to sum up 3. in every case; always; invariably 4. anyway; after all; eventually; sooner or later 5. surely 6. (after a person's name) abbr. for 總經理 (zǒng jīng lǐ) or 總編 (zǒng biān) etc (HSK 3)
飛揚
fēi yáng — 1. to rise 2. to fly upward
忽忽
hū hū — 1. fleeting (of quick passage time) 2. in a flash 3. distracted manner 4. vacantly 5. frustratedly
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)
mí — 1. to bewilder 2. crazy about 3. fan 4. enthusiast 5. lost 6. confused (HSK 3)
Zuò — surname Zuo (HSK 1)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
wàng — 1. to forget 2. to overlook 3. to neglect (HSK 1)

抑情无计总飞扬,忽忽行迷坐若忘。

I think of boring through the wall to flee, for my very bones are too proud; I hum on with a rope for a belt, as my sorrows only lengthen.

dùn — 1. to evade 2. to flee 3. to escape
nǐ — 1. to plan to 2. to draft (a plan) 3. to imitate 4. to assess 5. to compare 6. pseudo- (HSK 7-9)
záo — 1. (bound form) chisel 2. to bore a hole; to chisel; to dig 3. (literary) certain; authentic; irrefutable 4. also pr. (zuò) (HSK 7-9)
pī — 1. blank (e.g. for a coin) 2. unburnt earthenware 3. semifinished product 4. Taiwan pr. (pēi)
yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)
gū — 1. used in 骨碌碌 (gū lù lù) 2. used in 骨碌 (gū lu) 3. used in 骨朵 (gū duo)
ào — 1. proud 2. arrogant 3. to despise 4. unyielding 5. to defy (HSK 7-9)
yín — 1. to chant; to recite 2. verse; song (often used in titles of classical poems) 3. (literary) to lament; to groan 4. (bound form) (in poetry) the cry of certain animals and insects 5. (music) rapid vibrato (technique for playing the guqin 古琴 (gǔ qín)) (cf. 猱 (náo), wide vibrato)
Huán — surname Huan (HSK 1)
dài — 1. band 2. belt 3. girdle 4. ribbon 5. tire 6. area 7. zone 8. region 9. classifier: 條 (tiáo) 10. to wear 11. to carry 12. to take along 13. to bear (i.e. to have) 14. to lead 15. to bring 16. to look after 17. to raise (HSK 2)
Suǒ — 1. surname Suo 2. abbr. for 索馬里 (Suǒ mǎ lǐ), Somalia
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
chóu — to worry about (HSK 5)
cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)

遁拟凿坯因骨傲,吟还带索为愁长。

Hearing the gibbons cry, how could my tears stop at just three cries? What once could wind soft round a finger has truly become steel forged a hundred times over.

tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
yuán — ape
jù — how (interj. of surprise)
zhǐ — 1. to stop 2. to prohibit 3. until 4. only (HSK 6)
Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)
lèi — (bound form) tears; teardrops (HSK 4)
rào — 1. to wind 2. to coil (thread) 3. to rotate around 4. to spiral 5. to move around 6. to go round (an obstacle) 7. to by-pass 8. to make a detour 9. to confuse 10. to perplex (HSK 5)
zhǐ — 1. finger 2. to point at or to 3. to indicate or refer to 4. to depend on 5. to count on 6. (of hair) to stand on end (HSK 3)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
百煉鋼
bǎi liàn gāng — high-grade well-tempered steel

听猿讵止三声泪,绕指真成百炼钢。

My proud grief, once vented, I will not show to guests, for fear of setting ice and coals within others' hearts.

自傲
zì ào — 1. arrogance 2. proud of sth
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
ǒu — vomit
Xiū — surname Xiu
shì — 1. to show 2. to reveal
kè — 1. customer; visitor; guest 2. classifier for servings or portions (when ordering food)
kǒng — 1. afraid 2. frightened 3. to fear
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
bīng — 1. ice 2. classifier: 塊 (kuài) 3. to chill sth 4. (of an object or substance) to feel cold 5. (of a person) cold 6. unfriendly 7. (slang) methamphetamine (HSK 4)
tàn — 1. wood charcoal 2. coal (HSK 7-9)
zhì — 1. to install 2. to place 3. to put 4. to buy (HSK 7-9)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
cháng — intestines (HSK 5)

自傲一呕休示客,恐将冰炭置人肠。

Year after year I play the flute in this river town; in the western garden, a peach-wood puppet, my whole life entrusted to drifting.

suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
suì — 1. classifier for years (of age) 2. year 3. year (of crop harvests) (HSK 1)
吹簫
chuī xiāo — 1. to play the xiao 簫 (xiāo), a vertical bamboo flute 2. (literary) to beg on the streets (abbr. for 吳市吹簫 (wú shì chuī xiāo)) 3. (slang) to give a blowjob
Jiāng — 1. surname Jiang 2. (bound form) Yangtze River 3. (bound form) Jiangsu Province (abbr. for 江蘇 (Jiāng sū)) (HSK 4)
上城
Shàng chéng — see 上城區 (Shàng chéng Qū)
西
Xī — 1. the West 2. abbr. for Spain 西班牙 (Xī bān yá) 3. Spanish (HSK 1)
Yuán — surname Yuan (HSK 6)
táo — peach (HSK 5)
gěng — 1. branch 2. stem 3. stalk 4. classifier: 根 (gēn) 5. to block 6. to hinder 7. (neologism that evolved from 哏 (gén), initially in Taiwan, during the first decade of the 21st century) memorable creative idea (joke, catchphrase, meme, neologism, witty remark etc) 8. prominent feature of a creative work (punchline of a joke, trope in a drama, special ingredient in a dish, riff in a pop song etc)
tuō — 1. to hold up in one's hand; to support with one's palm 2. sth serving as a support: a prop, a rest (e.g. arm rest) 3. (bound form) a shill 4. to ask; to beg; to entrust (variant of 託 (tuō)) 5. torr (unit of pressure) (HSK 6)
fú — 1. to float 2. superficial 3. floating 4. unstable 5. movable 6. provisional 7. temporary 8. transient 9. impetuous 10. hollow 11. inflated 12. to exceed 13. superfluous 14. excessive 15. surplus (HSK 6)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)

岁岁吹箫江上城,西园桃梗托浮生。

The horse, knowing the road too well, is truly wearied by that very road; the cicada, though it swallows its cry, still makes a sound.

Mǎ — 1. surname Ma 2. abbr. for Malaysia 馬來西亞 (Mǎ lái xī yà) (HSK 3)
yīn — 1. cause 2. reason 3. because (HSK 6)
shí — 1. to know 2. knowledge 3. Taiwan pr. (shì) (HSK 6)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
zhēn — 1. really 2. truly 3. indeed 4. real 5. true 6. genuine (HSK 1)
pí — weary
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
chán — cicada
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
吞聲
tūn shēng — to swallow one's cries
Shàng — surname Shang (HSK 7-9)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. sound 2. voice 3. tone 4. noise 5. reputation 6. classifier for sounds (HSK 5)

马因识路真疲路,蝉到吞声尚有声。

With my long sword I still depend on others, my wanderings not yet done; in short garb I would shoot tigers, my spirit hard to still.

cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
jiá — 1. pincers for use at a fire 2. sword
yī — 1. to depend on 2. to comply with or listen to sb 3. according to 4. in the light of (HSK 7-9)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
yóu — 1. to walk 2. to tour 3. to roam 4. to travel (HSK 3)
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
短衣
duǎn yī — 1. short garment 2. short jacket
shè — 1. to shoot 2. to launch 3. to allude to 4. radio- (chemistry) (HSK 5)
hǔ — 1. tiger 2. classifier: 隻 (zhī) (HSK 5)
qì — 1. gas; air 2. smell 3. weather 4. to make angry; to annoy; to get angry 5. vital energy; qi (HSK 2)
nán — 1. difficult (to...) 2. problem 3. difficulty 4. difficult 5. not good (HSK 1)
Píng — surname Ping (HSK 2)

长铗依人游未已,短衣射虎气难平。

How I pity these nights of facing wine and listening to songs — they feel exactly like the feelings of one long past his prime.

jù — 1. theatrical work (play, opera, TV series etc) 2. dramatic (change, increase etc) 3. acute 4. severe (HSK 6)
lián — to pity
duì — 1. right; correct 2. towards; at; for 3. concerning; regarding 4. to treat (sb a certain way) 5. to face 6. (bound form) opposite; facing; matching 7. to match together; to adjust 8. to fit; to suit 9. to answer; to reply 10. to add; to pour in (a fluid) 11. to check; to compare 12. classifier: couple; pair (HSK 1)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
gē — 1. song (classifier: 首 (shǒu), 支 (zhī)) 2. (bound form) to sing (HSK 1)
yè — night (HSK 2)
jué — 1. to cut short 2. extinct 3. to disappear 4. to vanish 5. absolutely 6. by no means (HSK 6)
shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
中年
zhōng nián — middle age (HSK 2)
以後
yǐ hòu — 1. after 2. later 3. afterwards 4. following 5. later on 6. in the future (HSK 2)
qíng — 1. (bound form) feelings; emotion; sentiment; passion 2. (bound form) situation; condition (HSK 7-9)

剧怜对酒听歌夜,绝似中年以后情。

Hawk-shouldered, fire-hued, I bear a talent coiled up like knotted wood; in my prime, was I ever inferior to other men?

yuān — kite (small hawk)
jiān — 1. shoulder 2. to shoulder (responsibilities etc) (HSK 5)
火色
huǒ sè — (dialect) intensity of the fire (in cooking, kiln firing etc)
fù — 1. to bear 2. to carry (on one's back) 3. to turn one's back on 4. to be defeated 5. negative (math. etc) (HSK 6)
lún — 1. wheel; disk; ring 2. steamship 3. to take turns; to rotate 4. classifier for big round objects: disk, or recurring events: round, turn (HSK 4)
qūn — 1. granary 2. Taiwan pr. (jūn)
Chén — surname Chen
Zhuàng — Zhuang ethnic group, the largest ethnic minority in China (HSK 7-9)
何曾
hé céng — did I ever ...? (or "did he ever ...?" etc)
不若
bù ruò — 1. not as good as 2. not equal to 3. inferior
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)

鸢肩火色负轮囷,臣壮何曾不若人。

If my writing has any luster, it is truly like a marvelous stone; if my legs could be split for kindling, they'd be but worn-out cart-wood, fuel for labor.

Wén — surname Wen (HSK 7-9)
cháng — used in 倘佯 (cháng yáng)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
guāng — 1. light; ray (classifier: 道 (dào)) 2. bright; shiny 3. only; merely 4. used up; finished 5. to leave (a part of the body) uncovered (HSK 3)
真怪
zhēn guài — 1. odd 2. unusual 3. I can't believe that ...
Shí — 1. surname Shi 2. abbr. for Shijiazhuang 石家莊 (Shí jiā zhuāng), the capital of Hebei
jù — excessive (HSK 6)
rú — 1. as 2. as if 3. such as (HSK 6)
kě — 1. (prefix) can; may; able to; -able 2. to approve; to permit 3. to suit 4. (particle used for emphasis) certainly; very 5. but; however (HSK 5)
xī — 1. to separate 2. to divide 3. to analyze
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Láo — surname Lao
xīn — 1. (literary) firewood; fuel 2. (bound form) salary

文倘有光真怪石,足如可析是劳薪。

But so long as I am skilled at eating and drinking I can still live on; while I still have my lute and my books, I am not yet poor.

dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
gōng — 1. work 2. worker 3. skill 4. profession 5. trade 6. craft 7. labor
yǐn — to drink
dàn — 1. to eat 2. to taste 3. to entice (using bait)
yóu — 1. as if 2. (just) like 3. just as 4. still 5. yet
Néng — surname Neng (HSK 1)
huó — 1. to live 2. alive 3. living 4. work 5. workmanship (HSK 3)
Shàng — surname Shang (HSK 7-9)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
琴書
qín shū — traditional art form, consisting of sung story telling with musical accompaniment
qiě — 1. and 2. moreover 3. yet 4. for the time being 5. to be about to 6. both (... and...) (HSK 7-9)
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
pín — 1. poor 2. inadequate 3. deficient 4. garrulous

但工饮啖犹能活,尚有琴书且未贫。

The fragrant grasses fill the river, allowing me to gather them — this life of mine is truly fit to follow after Ling Jun.

fāng — fragrant
cǎo — 1. grass 2. straw 3. manuscript 4. draft (of a document) 5. careless 6. rough 7. classifier: 棵 (kē), 撮 (zuǒ), 株 (zhū), 根 (gēn) (HSK 2)
滿
Mǎn — Manchu ethnic group (HSK 2)
Jiāng — 1. surname Jiang 2. (bound form) Yangtze River 3. (bound form) Jiangsu Province (abbr. for 江蘇 (Jiāng sū)) (HSK 4)
Róng — surname Rong
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
cǎi — 1. color 2. complexion 3. looks 4. variant of 彩 (cǎi) 5. variant of 採 (cǎi) (HSK 7-9)
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
duān — 1. (bound form) tip; end; extremity 2. (bound form) aspect; facet 3. (bound form) upright; proper 4. to hold sth level with both hands; to carry 5. to eliminate; to wipe out (HSK 6)
gě — 1. 100 ml 2. one-tenth of a peck 3. measure for dry grain equal to one-tenth of sheng 升 or liter, or one-hundredth dou 斗 (HSK 3)
fù — 1. to add; to attach 2. to be close to; to be attached (HSK 7-9)
líng — 1. quick 2. alert 3. efficacious 4. effective 5. to come true 6. spirit 7. departed soul 8. coffin (HSK 7-9)
jūn — 1. (bound form) equal; uniform; even 2. (literary) without exception; all

芳草满江容我采,此生端合附灵均。

My glorious youthful years pass with a snap of the fingers; on the road of the world I feel only the land of drunkenness is spacious.

shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
綺年
qǐ nián — 1. young 2. youthful
Huá — abbr. for China
zhǐ — 1. finger 2. to point at or to 3. to indicate or refer to 4. to depend on 5. to count on 6. (of hair) to stand on end (HSK 3)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. crossball 2. bullet 3. shot 4. shell 5. ball (HSK 5)
Shì — surname Shi
tú — 1. way 2. route 3. road
wéi — 1. -ism 2. only
jiào — 1. a nap 2. a sleep 3. classifier: 場 (cháng) (HSK 6)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
xiāng — 1. country or countryside 2. native place 3. home village or town 4. township (PRC administrative unit) (HSK 5)
Kuān — surname Kuan (HSK 4)

似绮年华指一弹,世途惟觉醉乡宽。

Through three lifetimes it is hard to turn my heart to stone; through nine deaths, in vain have I tasted gall as if rolled into pills.

Sān — surname San (HSK 1)
shēng — 1. to grow; to give birth; to produce; to be born 2. to arise; to occur 3. to light (a fire) 4. to live; to be alive 5. life 6. raw; uncooked; unprocessed 7. unfamiliar; strange 8. (bound form) student; person engaged in a field 9. (bound form) male role in traditional opera 10. (bound form) life; lifetime 11. (bound form) means of livelihood 12. (bound form) very; intensely (as in 生疼 (shēng téng)) 13. (bound form) in a forced manner (as in 生拉硬拽 (shēng lā yìng zhuài)) (HSK 2)
nán — 1. difficult (to...) 2. problem 3. difficulty 4. difficult 5. not good (HSK 1)
huā — variant of 花 (huā)
xīn — 1. heart 2. mind 3. intention 4. center 5. core 6. classifier: 顆 (kē), 個 (gè) (HSK 3)
Chéng — 1. surname Cheng 2. short name for Chengdu 成都 (Chéng dū) (HSK 2)
Shí — 1. surname Shi 2. abbr. for Shijiazhuang 石家莊 (Shí jiā zhuāng), the capital of Hebei
jiǔ — 1. nine 2. 9 (HSK 1)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
kōng — 1. empty 2. air 3. sky 4. in vain (HSK 3)
cháng — 1. to taste; to try (food) 2. to experience 3. (literary) ever; once (HSK 5)
dǎn — 1. gall bladder 2. courage 3. guts 4. gall 5. inner container (e.g. bladder of a football, inner container of a thermos) (HSK 5)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
wán — 1. ball 2. pellet 3. pill (HSK 7-9)

三生难化心成石,九死空尝胆作丸。

Leaving the city walls, my sickly body dreads to look straight ahead; climbing the heights, my thinning hair shames me before onlookers.

chū — 1. to go out; to come out 2. to arise; to occur 3. to produce; to yield 4. to go beyond; to exceed 5. (used after a verb to indicate an outward direction or a positive result) 6. classifier for dramas, plays, operas etc (HSK 1)
Guō — surname Guo
bìng — 1. illness 2. classifier: 場 (cháng) 3. disease 4. to fall ill 5. defect (HSK 1)
qū — human body
chóu — to worry about (HSK 5)
直視
zhí shì — to look straight at (HSK 7-9)
dēng — 1. to scale (a height) 2. to ascend 3. to mount 4. to publish or record 5. to enter (e.g. in a register) 6. to press down with the foot 7. to step or tread on 8. to put on (shoes or trousers) (dialect) 9. to be gathered and taken to the threshing ground (old) (HSK 4)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
短髮
duǎn fà — short hair
kuì — ashamed
旁觀
páng guān — 1. spectator 2. non-participant (HSK 7-9)

出郭病躯愁直视,登高短发愧旁观。

For rise or fall I need not consult Junping's divination — I have already made ready an autumn river and a single fishing rod.

shēng — 1. to ascend; to rise 2. to promote; to elevate 3. liter 4. unit of dry measure for grain (= one liter or one-tenth dou 斗 (dǒu)) (HSK 3)
chén — 1. to submerge 2. to immerse 3. to sink 4. to keep down 5. to lower 6. to drop 7. deep 8. profound 9. heavy (HSK 4)
不用
bù yòng — need not (HSK 1)
jūn — 1. monarch 2. lord 3. gentleman 4. ruler
Píng — surname Ping (HSK 2)
bó — used in 蘿蔔 (luó bo)
yǐ — 1. already 2. to stop 3. then 4. afterwards (HSK 3)
bàn — 1. to take care of (a matter); to deal with (a task, procedure etc); to organize (an event) 2. to establish; to set up; to manage; to run (an enterprise) 3. (law) to handle; to investigate; to prosecute (a case or suspect) 4. (bound form) office (as in 招辦 (zhāo bàn), admissions office) (abbr. for 辦公室 (bàn gōng shì)) (HSK 2)
Qiū — surname Qiu
Jiāng — 1. surname Jiang 2. (bound form) Yangtze River 3. (bound form) Jiangsu Province (abbr. for 江蘇 (Jiāng sū)) (HSK 4)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jūn — 1. 30 catties 2. great 3. your (honorific)
竿
gān — (bound form) pole; rod

升沉不用君平卜,已办秋江一钧竿。

In the sky there was not the faintest trace of drifting cloud; the deep blue of the heavens, steeped in sunlight, was overlaid with a film of pale violet fair-weather haze, and the thousand-mile Yangtze, mirroring a few flecks of jade-green hills, went rushing eastward as though chasing after a dream.At the river's waist, before the largest of those jade-green hills, Mount Caishi, Taibai Tower had thrown open its eight tall windows, its reflection falling amid Niuzhu in the heart of the river;the hills and waters, the tower, and the figures within the tower, all seemed half awake and half entranced, adorning that misty scene of radiant spring — it was the afternoon of the Shangsi Festival in the third month, the very day on which Lord Zhu Sihe, Education Commissioner of Anhui, held a great gathering of guests at Taibai Tower.Before and behind the peaks of Cuiluo Hill, the distinguished guests attending the gathering came and went — some standing atop Santai Pavilion counting the sails coming in along the horizon, others scattered about the point of Niuzhu Shoal, seeking out the historical remains of dynasties past.From Taiping Prefecture to Mount Caishi there is a government road of twenty li.On the sandy outskirts beyond Chengjiang Gate, on wild paths where at ordinary times scarcely a soul was to be seen, today it was so bustling that hardly five paces of open road remained.Scholars from the eight prefectures, who had come to Dangtu for the examinations, having heard of Commissioner Zhu's refined taste for such gatherings, all wished to come and see for themselves the talents Lord Zhu kept ready in his medicine chest.And so every fine spot of river and hill — the Emei Pavilion, the Ranxi Pavilion, and all the rest — had been taken over entirely by sightseers.

天上
tiān shàng — the sky; the heavens (HSK 2)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)
半點
bàn diǎn — the least bit
浮雲
fú yún — 1. floating clouds 2. fleeting 3. transient
nóng — 1. concentrated 2. dense 3. strong (smell etc) (HSK 4)
Lán — surname Lan (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
天色
tiān sè — 1. color of the sky 2. time of day, as indicated by the color of the sky 3. weather
shòu — 1. to receive 2. to accept 3. to suffer 4. subjected to 5. to bear 6. to stand 7. pleasant 8. (passive marker) 9. (LGBT) bottom (HSK 3)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
陽光
yáng guāng — 1. sunshine 2. (of personality) upbeat; energetic 3. transparent (open to public scrutiny) (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zhēng — 1. to evaporate 2. (of cooking) to steam 3. torch made from hemp stalks or bamboo (old) 4. finely chopped firewood (old) (HSK 7-9)
rǎn — 1. to dye 2. to catch (a disease) 3. to acquire (bad habits etc) 4. to contaminate 5. to add color washes to a painting (HSK 5)
Méng — surname Meng (HSK 6)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
一層
yī céng — one layer; one level
dàn — 1. insipid 2. diluted 3. weak 4. mild 5. light in color 6. tasteless 7. indifferent 8. (variant of 氮 (dàn)) nitrogen (HSK 4)
zǐ — 1. purple 2. violet (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
qíng — 1. clear 2. fine (weather) (HSK 2)
xiá — rose-tinted sky or clouds at sunrise or sunset
千里
qiān lǐ — 1. a thousand miles 2. a thousand li (i.e. 500 kilometers) 3. a long distance
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
長江
Cháng Jiāng — Yangtze River, or Chang Jiang
yìng — (bound form) to become visible (esp. on a surface or in perception) (HSK 7-9)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
幾點
jǐ diǎn — 1. what time? 2. when?
Qīng — short name for Qinghai 青海 (Qīng hǎi) (HSK 5)
luó — 1. spiral shell 2. snail 3. conch
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
逐夢
zhú mèng — to chase a dream; to pursue one's dreams
似的
shì de — 1. seems as if 2. rather like 3. Taiwan pr. (sì de) (HSK 4)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)
bēn — 1. to hurry 2. to rush 3. to run quickly 4. to elope (HSK 7-9)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
長江
Cháng Jiāng — Yangtze River, or Chang Jiang
腰際
yāo jì — 1. waist 2. hips
Qīng — short name for Qinghai 青海 (Qīng hǎi) (HSK 5)
luó — 1. spiral shell 2. snail 3. conch
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
zuì — 1. (before an adjective or verb) to the highest degree; (the) most ...; -est 2. (after 之 (zhī)) best or most extreme example (e.g. 世界之最 (shì jiè zhī zuì) "the greatest in the world") (HSK 1)
dà — 1. big; large; great 2. older (than another person) 3. eldest (as in 大姐 (dà jiě)) 4. greatly; freely; fully 5. (dialect) father 6. (dialect) uncle (father's brother) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
cǎi — 1. to pick 2. to pluck 3. to collect 4. to select 5. to choose 6. to gather (HSK 7-9)
Shí — 1. surname Shi 2. abbr. for Shijiazhuang 石家莊 (Shí jiā zhuāng), the capital of Hebei
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
bā — eight (HSK 1)
miàn — 1. face 2. side 3. surface 4. aspect 5. top 6. classifier for objects with flat surfaces such as drums, mirrors, flags etc
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
chuāng — 1. window 2. classifier: 扇 (shàn)
倒影
dào yǐng — 1. inverted image 2. reversed image (e.g. upside down)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
江心
jiāng xīn — middle of a river
Niú — surname Niu (HSK 3)
zhǔ — 1. islet 2. bank
中間
zhōng jiān — 1. the middle; the inside 2. in the middle; within; between; among 3. during; in the meantime (HSK 1)
山水
Shān shuǐ — Sansui, Japanese company
樓閣
lóu gé — 1. building 2. pavilion
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
樓閣
lóu gé — 1. building 2. pavilion
中的
zhòng dì — 1. to hit the target 2. (fig.) to hit the nail on the head
人物
rén wù — 1. person; personage; figure (esp. sb of importance) 2. character (in a play, novel etc) 3. (genre of traditional Chinese painting) figure painting (HSK 5)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
xǐng — 1. to wake up 2. to be awake 3. to become aware 4. to sober up 5. to come to (HSK 4)
shì — used in 似的 (shì de)
chī — variant of 痴 (chī)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
點綴
diǎn zhuì — 1. to decorate 2. to adorn 3. sprinkled 4. studded 5. only for show (HSK 7-9)
陽春
Yáng chūn — see 陽春市 (Yáng chūn Shì)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yān — 1. cigarette or pipe tobacco 2. classifier: 根 (gēn) 3. smoke 4. mist 5. vapour 6. classifier: 縷 (lǚ) 7. tobacco plant 8. (of the eyes) to be irritated by smoke (HSK 3)
Jǐng — surname Jing (HSK 6)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
三月
Sān yuè — 1. March 2. third month (of the lunar year)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
sì — 1. 6th earthly branch: 9-11 a.m., 4th solar month (5th May-5th June), year of the Snake 2. ancient Chinese compass point: 150°
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
午後
wǔ hòu — afternoon
正是
zhèng shì — is precisely (HSK 2)
安徽
Ān huī — see 安徽省 (Ān huī Shěng)
提督
tí dū — 1. the local commander 2. provincial governor (in Qing and Ming times)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
zhèng — 1. political 2. politics 3. government
Zhū — surname Zhu
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
大會
dà huì — 1. general assembly 2. general meeting 3. convention 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 屆 (jiè) (HSK 4)
賓客
bīn kè — 1. guests 2. visitors
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
tiān — 1. day 2. sky 3. heaven (HSK 1)
cuì — 1. bluish-green 2. green jade
luó — 1. spiral shell 2. snail 3. conch
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
fēng — 1. (of a mountain) high and tapered peak or summit 2. mountain-like in appearance 3. highest level 4. classifier for camels
qián — 1. front 2. forward 3. ahead 4. first 5. top (followed by a number) 6. future 7. ago 8. before 9. BC (e.g. 前293年) 10. former 11. formerly (HSK 1)
fēng — 1. (of a mountain) high and tapered peak or summit 2. mountain-like in appearance 3. highest level 4. classifier for camels
hòu — 1. back 2. behind 3. rear 4. afterwards 5. after 6. later 7. post- (HSK 1)
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
來往
lái wǎng — 1. to come and go 2. to have dealings with 3. to be in relation with (HSK 6)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
與會
yù huì — to participate in a meeting
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
bīn — 1. visitor 2. guest 3. object (in grammar)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
zhàn — 1. station 2. to stand 3. to halt 4. to stop 5. branch of a company or organization 6. website (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
三台
Sān tái — see 三台縣 (Sān tái Xiàn)
gé — 1. pavilion (usu. two-storied) 2. cabinet (politics) 3. boudoir 4. woman's chamber 5. rack 6. shelf
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
shǔ — 1. to count 2. to count as; to regard as 3. to enumerate; to list (HSK 2)
水平
shuǐ píng — 1. horizontal; level 2. a standard; a level (of ability, development etc) (HSK 2)
線上
xiàn shàng — online
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
fān — 1. sail 2. Taiwan pr. (fán), except 帆布 (fān bù) canvas (HSK 7-9)
huò — 1. maybe 2. perhaps 3. might 4. possibly 5. or (HSK 2)
sǎn — 1. scattered 2. loose 3. to come loose 4. to fall apart 5. leisurely 6. powdered medicine (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
Niú — surname Niu (HSK 3)
zhǔ — 1. islet 2. bank
jī — 1. breakwater 2. jetty
tóu — 1. head 2. hair style 3. the top 4. end 5. beginning or end 6. a stub 7. remnant 8. chief 9. boss 10. side 11. aspect 12. first 13. leading 14. classifier for pigs or livestock 15. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
xún — 1. to search 2. to look for 3. to seek (HSK 7-9)
前朝
qián cháo — the previous dynasty
歷史上
lì shǐ shàng — 1. historical 2. in history
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
遺跡
yí jì — 1. trace 2. vestige 3. historical remains 4. remnant
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
太平
Tài píng — see 太平區 (Tài píng Qū) (HSK 7-9)
fǔ — 1. seat of government 2. government repository (archive) 3. official residence 4. mansion 5. presidential palace 6. (honorific) Your home 7. prefecture (from Tang to Qing times)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
cǎi — 1. to pick 2. to pluck 3. to collect 4. to select 5. to choose 6. to gather (HSK 7-9)
Shí — 1. surname Shi 2. abbr. for Shijiazhuang 石家莊 (Shí jiā zhuāng), the capital of Hebei
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
yǒu — 1. to have; there is 2. (bound form) having; with; -ful; -ed; -al (as in 有意 (yǒu yì) intentional) (HSK 1)
二十
èr shí — twenty; 20
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Guān — surname Guan (HSK 4)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
澄江
Chéng jiāng — see 澄江市 (Chéng jiāng Shì)
門外
mén wài — outside the door
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shā — surname Sha
Jiāo — surname Jiao
平時
píng shí — 1. ordinarily 2. in normal times 3. in peacetime (HSK 2)
不見
bù jiàn — 1. not to see 2. not to meet 3. to have disappeared 4. to be missing (HSK 6)
有人
yǒu rén — 1. someone 2. people 3. anyone 4. there is someone there 5. occupied (as in restroom) (HSK 2)
háng — 1. (bound form) row; line 2. (bound form) line of business; trade; profession 3. (bound form) commercial firm 4. (bound form) to rank (first, second etc) among one's siblings (by age) 5. (in data tables) row; (Tw) column 6. classifier for rows or lines (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
yě — 1. field 2. plain 3. open space 4. limit 5. boundary 6. rude 7. feral (HSK 6)
dào — 1. road; path (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 股 (gǔ)) 2. (bound form) way; reason; principle 3. (bound form) a skill; an art; a specialization 4. (Daoism) the Way; the Dao 5. to say (introducing a direct quotation, as in a novel) 6. (bound form) to express; to extend (polite words) 7. classifier for long thin things (rivers, cracks, shadows etc), barriers (walls, doors etc), questions (in an exam etc), commands, courses in a meal, steps in a process 8. (old) circuit (administrative division) (HSK 2)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
今天
jīn tiān — 1. today 2. the present time; now (HSK 1)
熱鬧
rè nao — 1. bustling with noise and excitement 2. lively (HSK 4)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
差不多
chà bu duō — 1. almost 2. nearly 3. more or less 4. about the same 5. good enough 6. not bad (HSK 2)
Lù — surname Lu (HSK 1)
kōng — 1. empty 2. air 3. sky 4. in vain (HSK 3)
不過
bù guò — 1. only 2. merely 3. no more than 4. but 5. however 6. anyway (to get back to a previous topic) 7. cannot be more (after adjectival) (HSK 2)
wǔ — 1. five 2. 5 (HSK 1)
Bù — surname Bu (HSK 3)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
bā — eight (HSK 1)
fǔ — 1. seat of government 2. government repository (archive) 3. official residence 4. mansion 5. presidential palace 6. (honorific) Your home 7. prefecture (from Tang to Qing times)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
書生
shū shēng — 1. scholar 2. intellectual 3. egghead
zhēng — first month of the lunar year (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
tú — 1. to apply (paint etc) 2. to smear 3. to daub 4. to blot out 5. to scribble 6. to scrawl 7. (literary) mud 8. street (HSK 7-9)
應試
yìng shì — 1. to take an exam 2. (of an education system) to be exam-oriented
tīng — 1. to listen to; to hear 2. to heed; to obey 3. a can (loanword from English "tin") 4. classifier for canned beverages 5. to let be; to allow (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) 6. (literary) to administer; to deal with (Taiwan pr. (tìng)) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
xué — 1. to learn 2. to study 3. to imitate 4. science 5. -ology (HSK 1)
使
shǐ — 1. to make 2. to cause 3. to enable 4. to use 5. to employ 6. to send 7. to instruct sb to do sth 8. envoy 9. messenger (HSK 3)
Zhū — surname Zhu
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
雅興
yǎ xìng — refined and elegant attitude of mind
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
想來
xiǎng lái — it may be assumed that
看看
kàn kan — 1. to take a look at 2. to examine 3. to survey 4. (coll.) pretty soon
Zhū — surname Zhu
gōng — 1. public 2. collectively owned 3. common 4. international (e.g. high seas, metric system, calendar) 5. make public 6. fair 7. just 8. Duke, highest of five orders of nobility 五等爵位 (wǔ děng jué wèi) 9. honorable (gentlemen) 10. father-in-law 11. male (animal) (HSK 6)
yào — 1. medicine 2. drug 3. substance used for a specific purpose (e.g. poisoning, explosion, fermenting) 4. classifier: 種 (zhǒng), 服 (fù), 味 (wèi) 5. to poison (HSK 2)
lóng — 1. enclosing frame made of bamboo, wire etc; cage; basket 2. steamer basket
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
人才
rén cái — 1. talent 2. talented person 3. looks 4. attractive looks (HSK 3)
所以
suǒ yǐ — 1. therefore 2. as a result 3. so 4. the reason why (HSK 2)
江山
Jiāng shān — see 江山市 (Jiāng shān Shì)
好處
hǎo chǔ — easy to get along with (HSK 2)
峨眉
É méi — (used in place names, notably 峨眉山 (É méi Shān) Mount Emei in Sichuan)
rán — 1. to burn 2. to ignite 3. to light 4. fig. to spark off (hopes) 5. to start (debate) 6. to raise (hopes)
xī — 1. rhinoceros 2. sharp
Zhū — surname Zhu
tíng — 1. pavilion 2. booth 3. kiosk 4. erect
Dū — surname Du (HSK 1)
wéi — 1. as (in the capacity of) 2. to take sth as 3. to act as 4. to serve as 5. to behave as 6. to become 7. to be 8. to do 9. by (in the passive voice) (HSK 2)
遊人
yóu rén — a tourist (HSK 6)
佔領
zhàn lǐng — to capture; to seize; to occupy by force (HSK 5)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

天上没有半点浮云,浓蓝的天色受了阳光的蒸染,蒙上了一层淡紫的晴霞,千里的长江,映著几点青螺,同逐梦似的流奔东去。长江腰际,青螺中一个最大的采石山前,太白楼开了八面高窗,倒影在江心牛渚中间;山水,楼阁,和楼阁中的人物,都是似醒似痴的在那里点缀阳春的烟景,这是三月上巳的午后,正是安徽提督学政朱笥河公在太白楼大会宾客的一天。翠螺山的峰前峰后,都来往著与会的高宾,或站在三台阁上,在数水平线上的来帆,或散在牛渚矶头,在寻前朝历史上的遗迹。从太平府到采石山,有二十里的官路。澄江门外的沙郊,平时不见有人行的野道上,今天热闹得差不多路空不过五步的样子。八府的书生,正来当涂应试,听得学使朱公的雅兴,都想来看看朱公药笼里的人才。所以江山好处,峨眉燃犀诸亭都为游人占领去了。

Amid this riot of green and gold, Huang Zhongze did not depart from his usual manner in the least.Slender and gaunt by nature to begin with, and further weakened by his long illness, he stood in the midst of the crowd wearing a white lined spring gown, looking as though he were afraid of being blown away by the wind.On his thin, wasted cheeks, two spots of red bloomed — the look, most likely, of a man slightly tipsy with wine.Standing at his right, a short, plump young man who was gazing with him at the green hills on the opposite bank, was his fellow townsman and schoolmate, Hong Zhicun.When the two of them had made a circuit up and down Mount Caishi and returned to Taibai Tower, the gentle, portly Zhu Sihe asked them with a smile:

Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
dāng — 1. to be 2. to act as 3. manage 4. withstand 5. when 6. during 7. ought 8. should 9. match equally 10. equal 11. same 12. obstruct 13. just at (a time or place) 14. on the spot 15. right 16. just at (HSK 2)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
青黃
qīng huáng — 1. greenish yellow 2. sallow (of complexion)
hù — mutual
jìng — 1. to compete 2. to contend 3. to struggle
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
gǎi — 1. to change 2. to alter 3. to transform 4. to correct (HSK 2)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
常時
cháng shí — 1. frequently 2. often 3. usually 4. regularly
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
態度
tài du — 1. manner 2. bearing 3. attitude 4. approach 5. classifier: 個 (gè) (HSK 2)
本來
běn lái — 1. original 2. originally 3. at first 4. it goes without saying 5. of course (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
xiān — 1. fine 2. delicate 3. minute
長清
Cháng qīng — see 長清區 (Cháng qīng Qū)
shòu — 1. thin 2. to lose weight 3. (of clothing) tight 4. (of meat) lean 5. (of land) unproductive (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
yòu — 1. (once) again 2. also 3. both... and... 4. and yet 5. (used for emphasis) anyway (HSK 2)
加以
jiā yǐ — 1. (formal) to apply; to carry out; to take action to (do sth) (used before a disyllabic verb, indicating that the action is directed at sth previously mentioned, e.g. 加以說明 (jiā yǐ shuō míng)); to apply (restrictions etc); to give (support, consideration etc) 2. (literary) moreover; in addition (HSK 5)
久病
jiǔ bìng — 1. my old illness 2. chronic condition
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
yú — 1. extra 2. surplus 3. remaining 4. remainder after division 5. (following numerical value) or more 6. in excess of (some number) 7. residue (math.) 8. after 9. I 10. me (HSK 7-9)
穿
chuān — 1. to bore through; to pierce; to perforate 2. to go through (e.g. a tunnel); to cross (e.g. a street) 3. to thread; to string together 4. to wear; to put on (clothes, shoes etc.) 5. verb complement indicating thoroughness or completion (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiàn — 1. item 2. component 3. classifier for events, things, clothes etc (HSK 2)
Bái — 1. surname Bai 2. Bai ethnic group (HSK 1)
gā — used in 夾肢窩 (gā zhi wō) (HSK 5)
Chūn — surname Chun
shān — 1. garment 2. jacket with open slits in place of sleeves
Lì — surname Li (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
人叢
rén cóng — crowd of people
中間
zhōng jiān — 1. the middle; the inside 2. in the middle; within; between; among 3. during; in the meantime (HSK 1)
好像
hǎo xiàng — 1. as if 2. to seem like (HSK 2)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Pà — surname Pa (HSK 2)
bèi — 1. quilt 2. to cover (with) 3. (literary) to suffer (a misfortune) 4. used to indicate passive voice (placed before the doer of the action like "by" in English passive-voice sentences, or, if the doer is not mentioned, before the verb) 5. (since c. 2009) (sarcastic or jocular) used to indicate that the following word should be regarded as being in air quotes (as in 被旅遊[bei4 lu : 3 you2] to "go on a trip") (HSK 3)
fēng — 1. wind 2. news 3. style 4. custom 5. manner 6. classifier: 陣 (zhèn), 絲 (sī) (HSK 1)
chuī — 1. to blow 2. to play a wind instrument 3. to blast 4. to puff 5. to boast 6. to brag 7. to end in failure 8. to fall through (HSK 2)
qù — 1. to go 2. to go to (a place) 3. (of a time etc) last 4. just passed 5. to send 6. to remove 7. to get rid of 8. to reduce 9. to be apart from in space or time 10. to die (euphemism) 11. to play (a part) 12. (when used either before or after a verb) to go in order to do sth 13. (after a verb of motion indicates movement away from the speaker) 14. (used after certain verbs to indicate detachment or separation) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
樣子
yàng zi — 1. appearance 2. manner 3. pattern 4. model (HSK 2)
Qīng — 1. Qing (Wade-Giles: Ch'ing) dynasty of China (1644–1911) 2. surname Qing (HSK 6)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
jiá — cheeks
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
diǎn — 1. to touch briefly; to tap 2. to mark with a dot; to check off (on a list) 3. to order (food etc); to select 4. to mention; to bring up (a topic or person) 5. to hint at; to imply 6. to administer (eye medicine etc) in drops 7. to light (a fire, a lamp etc); to ignite 8. to nod (one's head) in agreement; to beckon by moving (one's hand) up and down 9. point; dot; spot; speck 10. dot stroke in Chinese characters 11. (math.) decimal point 12. point in time or space 13. (after a number) o'clock 14. a small amount; a bit; (after a verb or adjective) a bit more 15. classifier for small amounts (HSK 1)
紅暈
hóng yùn — a reddish flush on the face (as from emotion, health or exertion); a rosy tint (on clouds, flowers or water)
大約
dà yuē — 1. approximately 2. probably (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Bó — surname Bo (HSK 4)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
風情
fēng qíng — 1. mien 2. bearing 3. grace 4. amorous feelings 5. flirtatious expressions 6. local conditions and customs 7. wind force, direction etc (HSK 7-9)
Lì — surname Li (HSK 5)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
右邊
yòu bian — 1. right side 2. right, to the right (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
一個
yī ge — 1. a; an; one 2. the whole (afternoon, summer vacation etc)
féi — 1. fat 2. fertile 3. loose-fitting or large 4. to fertilize 5. to become rich by illegal means 6. fertilizer 7. manure (HSK 4)
ǎi — 1. (of a person) short 2. (of a wall etc) low 3. (of rank) inferior (to); lower (than) (HSK 4)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
少年
shào nián — 1. early youth 2. youngster 3. (literary) youth; young man (HSK 2)
tóng — 1. like 2. same 3. similar 4. together 5. alike 6. with (HSK 6)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
那裡
nà li — there; that place (HSK 1)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
對岸
duì àn — opposite bank (of a body of water)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
青山
Qīng shān — see 青山區 (Qīng shān Qū)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
同鄉
tóng xiāng — person from the same village, town, or province
同學
tóng xué — 1. to study at the same school 2. fellow student 3. classmate 4. classifier: 位 (wèi), 個 (gè) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Hóng — surname Hong
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
liǎng — 1. two 2. both 3. some 4. a few 5. tael, unit of weight equal to 50 grams (modern) or 1⁄16 of a catty 斤 (jīn) (old) (HSK 1)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
cǎi — 1. to pick 2. to pluck 3. to collect 4. to select 5. to choose 6. to gather (HSK 7-9)
Shí — 1. surname Shi 2. abbr. for Shijiazhuang 石家莊 (Shí jiā zhuāng), the capital of Hebei
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
上下
shàng xià — 1. the top and bottom of sth 2. the full vertical extent of sth; from top to bottom 3. to go up and down 4. before and after (as in 上下文 (shàng xià wén) "context") 5. (used after a quantity) approximately; ... or so 6. (in a social hierarchy) the high and the low; seniors and juniors (as in 上下和睦 (shàng xià hé mù) "harmony between superiors and subordinates") 7. all members of a group (as in 舉國上下 (jǔ guó shàng xià) "the entire nation") 8. relative superiority (as in 不相上下 (bù xiāng shàng xià) "evenly matched") (HSK 5)
zǒu — 1. to walk 2. to go 3. to run 4. to move (of vehicle) 5. to visit 6. to leave 7. to go away 8. to die (euph.) 9. from 10. through 11. away (in compound verbs, such as 撤走 (chè zǒu)) 12. to change (shape, form, meaning) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
轉回
zhuǎn huí — 1. to turn back 2. to put back 3. reversal 4. melodic inversion (in music)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
柔和
róu hé — 1. gentle 2. soft (HSK 7-9)
肥胖
féi pàng — fat; obese (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Zhū — surname Zhu
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
wèn — to ask; to inquire (HSK 1)
他們
tā men — they; them (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

黄仲则当这青黄互竞的时候,也不改他常时的态度。本来是纤长清瘦的他,又加以久病之余,穿了一件白夹春衫,立在人丛中间,好像是怕被风吹去的样子。清臒的颊上,两点红晕,大约是薄醉的风情。立在他右边的一个肥矮的少年,同他在那里看对岸的青山的,是他的同乡同学的洪稚存。他们两人在采石山上下走了一转回到太白楼的时候,柔和肥胖的朱笥河笑问他们说:

?”"Have the two of you finished composing your poems yet?"

你們
nǐ men — you (plural) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
沒有
méi yǒu — 1. haven't 2. hasn't 3. doesn't exist 4. to not have 5. to not be (HSK 1)

“你们的诗做好了没有?”

Hong Zhicun, with a faint smile, shook his head and said:

Hóng — surname Hong
zhì — 1. infantile 2. young
cún — 1. to exist 2. to deposit 3. to store 4. to keep 5. to survive (HSK 3)
hán — 1. to keep in the mouth 2. to contain (HSK 4)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
微笑
wēi xiào — 1. smile 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 絲 (sī) 3. to smile (HSK 4)
搖頭
yáo tóu — to shake one's head (HSK 5)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

洪稚存含著了微笑摇头说:

。”"I am a Chen Wuji, hunting for lines behind closed doors."

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
閉門覓句
bì mén mì jù — lit. lock the door and search for the right word (idiom); fig. the serious hard work of writing
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Chén — 1. surname Chen 2. Chen (c. 1045 – 479 BC), a Zhou dynasty state 3. Chen (557–589), one of the Southern Dynasties 南朝 (Nán Cháo)
mó — used in 南無 (nā mó) (HSK 4)
jǐ — 1. self 2. oneself 3. sixth of the ten Heavenly Stems 十天干 (shí tiān gān) 4. sixth in order 5. letter "F" or Roman "VI" in list "A, B, C", or "I, II, III" etc 6. hexa

“我是闭门觅句的陈无己。”

Huang Zhongze, who would yield to no one in anything, quickly cut in with a smile:

萬事
wàn shì — all things
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
kěn — 1. to agree; to consent 2. to be willing to (HSK 6)
ràng — 1. to yield 2. to permit 3. to let sb do sth 4. to have sb do sth 5. to make sb (feel sad etc) 6. by (indicates the agent in a passive clause, like 被 (bèi)) (HSK 2)
rén — 1. person; people 2. classifier: 個 (gè), 位 (wèi), 名 (míng) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
qiāng — 1. (literary) to knock against (esp. to knock one's head on the ground in grief or rage) 2. opposite in direction; contrary (HSK 5)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

万事不肯让人的黄仲则,就抢著笑说:

。”"I, however, have already finished mine."

wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
què — 1. but 2. yet 3. however 4. while 5. to go back 6. to decline 7. to retreat 8. nevertheless 9. even though (HSK 4)
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

“我却做好了。”

Seeing this youthful, eager-to-win manner of his, Zhu Sihe said with a smile:

Zhū — surname Zhu
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
kān — 1. to look after 2. to take care of 3. to watch 4. to guard (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
一種
yī zhǒng — one kind of; one type of
少年
shào nián — 1. early youth 2. youngster 3. (literary) youth; young man (HSK 2)
好勝
hào shèng — 1. eager to win 2. competitive 3. aggressive
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
形狀
xíng zhuàng — form; shape (HSK 3)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
xiào — 1. to laugh; to smile 2. to laugh at (HSK 1)
zhāo — 1. a move in chess (Taiwan pr. (zhuó)) 2. trick; tactic 3. (dialect) okay; all right 4. (dialect) to put in; to add (HSK 1)
shuì — to persuade (HSK 1)

朱笥河看了他这一种少年好胜的形状,就笑著说:

。”"If you finished it so quickly, then I shall grind the ink for you myself — go on and write it out."

nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
若是
ruò shì — if
zuò — 1. to make; to produce 2. to write; to compose 3. to do; to engage in; to hold (a party etc) 4. (of a person) to be (an intermediary, a good student etc); to become (husband and wife, friends etc) 5. (of a thing) to serve as; to be used for 6. to assume (an air or manner) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
這樣
zhè yàng — 1. this way; like this; so 2. (before a noun) this kind of; such (HSK 2)
kuài — 1. rapid 2. quick 3. speed 4. rate 5. soon 6. almost 7. to make haste 8. clever 9. sharp (of knives or wits) 10. forthright 11. plainspoken 12. gratified 13. pleased 14. pleasant (HSK 1)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
tì — 1. to substitute for 2. to take the place of 3. to replace 4. for 5. on behalf of 6. to stand in for (HSK 4)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
mó — 1. to rub 2. to grind 3. to polish 4. to sharpen 5. to wear down 6. to die out 7. to waste time 8. to pester 9. to insist (HSK 6)
Mò — 1. surname Mo 2. abbr. for 墨西哥 (Mò xī gē), Mexico (HSK 7-9)
nǐ — you (informal, as opposed to courteous 您 (nín)) (HSK 1)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
出來
chū lái — 1. to come out 2. to appear 3. to arise (HSK 1)
bā — 1. bar (loanword) (serving drinks, or providing Internet access etc) 2. to puff (on a pipe etc) 3. (onom.) bang 4. abbr. for 貼吧 (tiē bā) (HSK 1)

“你若是做了这样快,我就替你磨墨,你写出来吧。”

Huang Zhongze had really only been joking with Zhu Sihe, but by the time Zhu Sihe had finished grinding the ink and had spread out the horizontal scroll, he found he had no choice but to write.He picked up his brush, swept it a few times through the inkstone's well, and then, in a half-blurred hand, began to write:

Huáng — surname Huang or Hwang (HSK 2)
Zhòng — surname Zhong
zé — 1. (literary) (conjunction used to express contrast with a previous clause) but; then 2. (bound form) standard; norm 3. (bound form) principle 4. (literary) to imitate; to follow 5. classifier for written items (HSK 7-9)
本來
běn lái — 1. original 2. originally 3. at first 4. it goes without saying 5. of course (HSK 3)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
Hé — surname He (HSK 1)
Zhū — surname Zhu
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
說說
shuō shuo — to say sth
笑話
xiào hua — 1. joke; jest 2. to laugh at; to mock 3. ridiculous; absurd (HSK 2)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
dàn — 1. but; yet; however; still 2. merely; only; just (HSK 2)
děng — 1. to wait for; to await 2. by the time; when; till 3. and so on; etc.; et al. 4. (bound form) class; rank; grade 5. (bound form) equal to; same as 6. (used to end an enumeration) 7. (literary) (plural suffix attached to a personal pronoun or noun) (HSK 1)
dé — 1. to obtain 2. to get 3. to gain 4. to catch (a disease) 5. proper 6. suitable 7. proud 8. contented 9. to allow 10. to permit 11. ready 12. finished (HSK 2)
Zhū — surname Zhu
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
bǎ — 1. to hold; to grasp 2. to hold a baby in position to help it urinate or defecate 3. handlebar 4. classifier: handful, bundle, bunch 5. classifier for things with handles 6. (used to put the object before the verb: 把 (bǎ) + {noun} + {verb}) (HSK 3)
Mò — 1. surname Mo 2. abbr. for 墨西哥 (Mò xī gē), Mexico (HSK 7-9)
mó — 1. to rub 2. to grind 3. to polish 4. to sharpen 5. to wear down 6. to die out 7. to waste time 8. to pester 9. to insist (HSK 6)
hǎo — 1. good 2. appropriate; proper 3. all right! 4. (before a verb) easy to 5. (before a verb) good to 6. (before an adjective for exclamatory effect) so 7. (verb complement indicating completion) 8. (of two people) close; on intimate terms 9. (after a personal pronoun) hello (HSK 1)
héng — 1. horizontal 2. across 3. crosswise 4. horizontal stroke (in Chinese characters) 5. to place (sth) flat (on a surface) 6. to cross (a river, etc) 7. in a jumble 8. chaotic 9. (in fixed expressions) harsh and unreasonable 10. violent (HSK 6)
zhóu — 1. axis 2. axle 3. spool (for thread) 4. roller (for scrolls) 5. classifier for calligraphy rolls etc
攤開
tān kāi — 1. to spread out 2. to unfold
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
時候
shí hou — 1. time 2. length of time 3. moment 4. period (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
Yě — surname Ye (HSK 1)
不得不
bù dé bù — 1. have no choice or option but to 2. cannot but 3. have to 4. can't help it 5. can't avoid (HSK 3)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
tā — 1. (third-person singular) (since the early 20th century, usu. male) he; him; his 2. (bound form) other; another; some other (as in 他日 (tā rì) and 他人 (tā rén)) (HSK 1)
拿起
ná qǐ — to pick up
bǐ — 1. writing brush; writing implement (pen, pencil etc) (classifier: 支 (zhī), 枝 (zhī)) 2. brushstroke; stroke (in painting or calligraphy) 3. (bound form) style of writing; literary manner; technique of brushwork 4. (classifier) stroke of a Chinese character 5. (classifier) sum of money; financial transaction; piece of business 6. (literary) to write (with a brush or pen) (HSK 2)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
wǎng — 1. to go (in a direction) 2. to 3. towards 4. (of a train) bound for 5. past 6. previous (HSK 2)
Mò — 1. surname Mo 2. abbr. for 墨西哥 (Mò xī gē), Mexico (HSK 7-9)
Chí — surname Chi
lǐ — 1. lining 2. interior 3. inside 4. internal 5. also written 裏 (lǐ) (HSK 1)
sǎo — 1. to sweep (with a brush or broom) 2. to sweep away; to wipe out; to get rid of 3. to sweep (one's eyes etc) over; to scan (HSK 4)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
sǎo — 1. to sweep (with a brush or broom) 2. to sweep away; to wipe out; to get rid of 3. to sweep (one's eyes etc) over; to scan (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
mó — 1. to imitate 2. model 3. norm 4. pattern
模糊
mó hu — 1. vague; indistinct; fuzzy 2. to blur; to obscure; to confuse; to mix up (HSK 5)
hū — 1. to smear; to daub; to cover (a surface with sth sticky or paste-like) 2. Taiwan pr. (hú) (HSK 7-9)
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
xiě — to write (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)
下去
xià qù — 1. to go down 2. to descend 3. to go on 4. to continue 5. (of a servant) to withdraw (HSK 3)

黄仲则本来是和朱笥河说说笑话的,但等得朱笥河把墨磨好,横轴摊开来的时候,他也不得不写了。他拿起笔来,往墨池里扫了几扫,就模模糊糊的写了下去:

A sheet of red cloud rises up from the sea, lighting the splendid feast spread out upon my tower!

Hóng — surname Hong (HSK 2)
xiá — rose-tinted sky or clouds at sunrise or sunset
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
piān — 1. disk 2. sheet (HSK 2)
海上
hǎi shàng — maritime
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
zhào — 1. according to 2. in accordance with 3. to shine 4. to illuminate 5. to reflect 6. to look at (one's reflection) 7. to take (a photo) 8. photo 9. as requested 10. as before (HSK 3)
wǒ — I; me; my (HSK 1)
樓上
lóu shàng — 1. upstairs 2. (Internet slang) previous poster in a forum thread (HSK 1)
Huá — abbr. for China
yán — bamboo mat for sitting
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)

红霞一片海上来,照我楼上华筵开!

Tilting the cup, the green wine is once again all gone — where now is the banished immortal of the tower!

qīng — 1. to overturn 2. to collapse 3. to lean 4. to tend 5. to incline 6. to pour out
shāng — 1. feast 2. goblet
lù — used in names (HSK 2)
jiǔ — 1. wine (esp. rice wine) 2. liquor 3. spirits 4. alcoholic beverage 5. classifier: 杯 (bēi), 瓶 (píng), 罐 (guàn), 桶 (tǒng), 缸 (gāng) (HSK 2)
Hū — surname Hu
fù — 1. to repeat 2. to double 3. to overlap 4. complex (not simple) 5. compound 6. composite 7. double 8. diplo- 9. duplicate 10. overlapping 11. to duplicate
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
Zhōng — 1. (bound form) China; Chinese 2. surname Zhong (HSK 1)
謫仙
zhé xiān — 1. a genius (literally, an immortal who has been banished from heaven to live on earth), an epithet for exceptional individuals such as the Tang poet Li Bai 李白 (Lǐ Bái) 2. (fig.) banished official
Ān — surname An (HSK 4)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
zāi — (exclamatory or interrogative particle)

倾觞绿酒忽复尽,楼中谪仙安在哉!

The banished immortal's tower stands a hundred feet tall; Master Sihe, foremost among men of letters,

謫仙
zhé xiān — 1. a genius (literally, an immortal who has been banished from heaven to live on earth), an epithet for exceptional individuals such as the Tang poet Li Bai 李白 (Lǐ Bái) 2. (fig.) banished official
zhī — 1. (possessive particle, literary equivalent of 的 (de)) 2. him 3. her 4. it (HSK 7-9)
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
Bǎi — surname Bai (HSK 1)
chě — one of the characters used to represent a musical note in gongche notation, 工尺譜 (gōng chě pǔ) (HSK 4)
sì — square bamboo container for food or clothing
hé — 1. river (classifier: 條 (tiáo), 道 (dào)) 2. (bound form) the Yellow River 3. (bound form) the Milky Way 4. (bound form) (on restaurant menus) rice noodles 河粉 (hé fěn) (HSK 2)
夫子
fū zǐ — 1. Master (old form of address for teachers, scholars) 2. (used sarcastically) pedant
文章
wén zhāng — 1. article 2. essay 3. literary works 4. writings 5. hidden meaning 6. classifier: 篇 (piān), 段 (duàn), 頁 (yè) (HSK 3)
bà — variant of 霸 (bà)

谪仙之楼楼百尺,笥河夫子文章伯,

his romantic bearing much like the man of the tower — eleven hundred years on, he too comes here as a guest.

風流
fēng liú — 1. distinguished and accomplished 2. outstanding 3. talented in letters and unconventional in lifestyle 4. romantic 5. dissolute 6. loose (HSK 7-9)
仿佛
fǎng fú — 1. to seem; as if; seemingly 2. alike; similar (HSK 6)
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
中人
zhōng rén — 1. go-between 2. mediator 3. intermediary
qiān — thousand (HSK 2)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
百年
bǎi nián — 1. hundred years; century 2. (fig.) a whole lifetime; a person's whole life
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
kè — 1. customer; visitor; guest 2. classifier for servings or portions (when ordering food)

风流仿佛楼中人,千一百年来此客。

That day the crimson clouds over the river parted, Tianmen lightly traced like a pair of moth-brows,

是日
shì rì — 1. (formal) this day 2. that day
Jiāng — 1. surname Jiang 2. (bound form) Yangtze River 3. (bound form) Jiangsu Province (abbr. for 江蘇 (Jiāng sū)) (HSK 4)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
Tóng — surname Tong
Yún — 1. surname Yun 2. short name for Yunnan 雲南 (Yún nán) (HSK 2)
kāi — 1. to open (transitive or intransitive) 2. (of ships, vehicles, troops etc) to start 3. to turn on; to put in operation; to operate; to run 4. to boil 5. to write out (a prescription, check, invoice etc) 6. (directional complement) away; off 7. carat (gold) 8. abbr. for Kelvin, 開爾文 (Kāi ěr wén) 9. abbr. for 開本 (kāi běn), book format (HSK 1)
天門
Tiān mén — Tianmen sub-prefecture level city in Hubei
dàn — 1. insipid 2. diluted 3. weak 4. mild 5. light in color 6. tasteless 7. indifferent 8. (variant of 氮 (dàn)) nitrogen (HSK 4)
sǎo — 1. to sweep (with a brush or broom) 2. to sweep away; to wipe out; to get rid of 3. to sweep (one's eyes etc) over; to scan (HSK 4)
Shuāng — surname Shuang (HSK 3)
蛾眉
é méi — (fig.) beautiful woman

是日江上彤云开,天门淡扫双蛾眉,

the river bends round past Cimu Rock, the tide turns back below Ranxi Pavilion,

Jiāng — 1. surname Jiang 2. (bound form) Yangtze River 3. (bound form) Jiangsu Province (abbr. for 江蘇 (Jiāng sū)) (HSK 4)
Cóng — surname Cong (HSK 1)
慈母
cí mǔ — warm, caring mother
jī — 1. breakwater 2. jetty
biān — 1. side 2. edge 3. margin 4. border 5. boundary 6. classifier: 個 (gè) 7. simultaneously (HSK 2)
zhuǎi — see 轉文 (zhuǎi wén) (HSK 3)
cháo — 1. tide 2. damp; moist; humid 3. fashionable; trendy 4. (coll.) inferior; substandard (HSK 4)
dào — 1. to reach; to arrive 2. to leave for; to go to 3. to (a place); until (a time); up to (a point) 4. (verb complement indicating arriving at a place or reaching a point) 5. considerate; thoughtful; thorough (HSK 1)
rán — 1. to burn 2. to ignite 3. to light 4. fig. to spark off (hopes) 5. to start (debate) 6. to raise (hopes)
xī — 1. rhinoceros 2. sharp
tíng — 1. pavilion 2. booth 3. kiosk 4. erect
下回
xià huí — 1. next chapter 2. next time

江从慈母矶边转,潮到燃犀亭下回,

facing the green hills the guests rise up to dance — each of them, like Qinglian, in the end but a mound of earth.

青山
Qīng shān — see 青山區 (Qīng shān Qū)
對面
duì miàn — 1. (sitting) opposite 2. across (the street) 3. directly in front 4. to be face to face (HSK 2)
kè — 1. customer; visitor; guest 2. classifier for servings or portions (when ordering food)
qǐ — 1. to rise 2. to raise 3. to get up 4. to set out 5. to start 6. to appear 7. to launch 8. to initiate (action) 9. to draft 10. to establish 11. to get (from a depot or counter) 12. verb suffix, to start 13. starting from (a time, place, price etc) 14. classifier for occurrences or unpredictable events: case, instance 15. classifier for groups: batch, group (HSK 1)
wǔ — 1. to dance 2. to wield 3. to brandish (HSK 5)
彼此
bǐ cǐ — each other; one another (HSK 5)
Qīng — short name for Qinghai 青海 (Qīng hǎi) (HSK 5)
lián — lotus
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
bēi — 1. cup 2. trophy cup 3. classifier for certain containers of liquids: glass, cup (HSK 1)
Tǔ — 1. surname Tu 2. Tu ethnic group (HSK 3)

青山对面客起舞,彼此青莲一杯土。

Speaking of this seven-foot frame's return to the weeds, this tower is but a guest and the mountain the host;

rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
Lún — abbr. for 論語 (Lún yǔ), The Analects (of Confucius)
qī — 1. seven 2. 7 (HSK 1)
chě — one of the characters used to represent a musical note in gongche notation, 工尺譜 (gōng chě pǔ) (HSK 4)
Guī — surname Gui (HSK 4)
Péng — surname Peng
hāo — 1. celery wormwood (Artemisia carvifolia) 2. to give off 3. to weed
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
作客
zuò kè — to live somewhere as a visitor; to stay with sb as a guest; to sojourn (HSK 7-9)
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
shì — 1. to be (followed by substantives only) 2. correct; right; true 3. (respectful acknowledgement of a command) very well 4. (adverb for emphatic assertion) (HSK 1)
zhǔ — 1. owner 2. master 3. host 4. individual or party concerned 5. God 6. Lord 7. main 8. to indicate or signify 9. trump card (in card games) (HSK 7-9)

若论七尺归蓬蒿,此楼作客山是主。

speaking of coming drunk beneath the moon to this riverside, this tower is the host and the mountain the guest.

rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
Lún — abbr. for 論語 (Lún yǔ), The Analects (of Confucius)
zuì — intoxicated (HSK 5)
yuè — 1. moon 2. month 3. monthly 4. classifier: 個 (gè), 輪 (lún) (HSK 1)
lái — 1. to come 2. (used as a substitute for a more specific verb) 3. hither (directional complement for motion toward the speaker, as in 回來 (huí lai)) 4. ever since (as in 自古以來 (zì gǔ yǐ lái)) 5. for the past (amount of time) 6. (prefix) the coming ...; the next ... (as in 來世 (lái shì)) 7. (between two verbs) in order to 8. (after a round number) approximately 9. (used after 得 (dé) to indicate possibility, as in 談得來 (tán de lái), or after 不 (bù) to indicate impossibility, as in 吃不來 (chī bu lái)) (HSK 1)
Jiāng — 1. surname Jiang 2. (bound form) Yangtze River 3. (bound form) Jiangsu Province (abbr. for 江蘇 (Jiāng sū)) (HSK 4)
bīn — 1. (bound form) water's edge; bank; shore 2. (bound form) to border on (a lake, river etc)
cǐ — this; these (HSK 4)
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
作主
zuò zhǔ — to decide; to have the final say
Shān — surname Shan (HSK 1)
zuō — 1. (bound form) worker 2. (bound form) workshop 3. (slang) troublesome; high-maintenance (person) (HSK 6)
bīn — 1. visitor 2. guest 3. object (in grammar)

若论醉月来江滨,此楼作主山作宾。

The long comet flickers as though without color — it need not forever remain a soul of this world,

cháng — 1. long 2. (bound form) length 3. (bound form) strong point; forte 4. (bound form) to be good at 5. (literary) surplus; spare (Taiwan pr. (zhàng)) (HSK 2)
xīng — 1. star 2. heavenly body 3. satellite 4. small amount
動搖
dòng yáo — 1. to sway 2. to waver 3. to rock 4. to rattle 5. to destabilize 6. to pose a challenge to (HSK 4)
rě — 1. used in 般若 (bō rě) 2. used in 蘭若 (lán rě) (HSK 6)
無色
wú sè — colorless
未必
wèi bì — 1. not necessarily 2. maybe not (HSK 4)
Cháng — surname Chang (HSK 1)
作人
zuò rén — 1. to conduct oneself 2. same as 做人
jiān — 1. between 2. among 3. within a definite time or space 4. room 5. section of a room or lateral space between two pairs of pillars 6. classifier for rooms (HSK 1)
pò — (literary) soul; mortal soul (i.e. attached to the body)

长星动摇若无色,未必常作人间魄,

after death all is desolate just the same — to look about and sing songs of sorrow is likewise in vain!

身後
shēn hòu — 1. the time after one's death 2. a place behind sb 3. (fig.) one's social background
蒼涼
cāng liáng — 1. desolate 2. bleak
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
如此
rú cǐ — like this; so; such (HSK 5)
俯仰
fǔ yǎng — 1. lowering and raising of the head 2. (fig.) small move 3. pitch (position angle)
悲歌
bēi gē — 1. to sing with solemn fervor 2. sad, stirring song; elegy; dirge; threnody
yì — also (HSK 7-9)
Tú — surname Tu
ěr — 1. thus 2. so 3. like that 4. you 5. thou

身后苍凉尽如此,俯仰悲歌亦徒尔!

At the bottom of the cup lingers only the sorrow of past and present; before my eyes there suddenly appears all the beauty of the southeast,

bēi — 1. cup 2. trophy cup 3. classifier for certain containers of liquids: glass, cup (HSK 1)
de — (equivalent to 的 as possessive particle) (HSK 4)
空余
kòng yú — 1. free 2. vacant 3. unoccupied
jīn — 1. now 2. the present time 3. current 4. contemporary 5. this (day, year etc)
Gǔ — surname Gu (HSK 3)
chóu — to worry about (HSK 5)
眼前
yǎn qián — 1. before one's eyes 2. now 3. at present (HSK 3)
Hū — surname Hu
jìn — 1. to use up 2. to exhaust 3. to end 4. to finish 5. to the utmost 6. exhausted 7. finished 8. to the limit (of sth) 9. all 10. entirely (HSK 6)
東南
dōng nán — southeast (HSK 2)
Měi — 1. (bound form) the Americas (abbr. for 美洲 (Měi zhōu)) 2. (bound form) USA (abbr. for 美國 (Měi guó)) (HSK 3)

杯底空余今古愁,眼前忽尽东南美,

at this grand gathering I inscribe a poem at the very summit — my name, not yet dead, outweighs the very hills,

Gāo — surname Gao (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
題詩
tí shī — 1. to inscribe a poem (often, composed on the spot) on a painting, fan or ceramic bowl etc as a work of calligraphy 2. an inscribed poem
zuì — 1. (before an adjective or verb) to the highest degree; (the) most ...; -est 2. (after 之 (zhī)) best or most extreme example (e.g. 世界之最 (shì jiè zhī zuì) "the greatest in the world") (HSK 1)
上頭
shàng tóu — 1. (of alcohol, love etc) to go to one's head; (of an idea, a song etc) to get into one's head; to capture one's attention 2. (old) (of a girl on her wedding day) to start wearing one's hair in a bun (rather than a plait) (HSK 7-9)
姓名
xìng míng — surname and given name; full name (HSK 2)
wèi — 1. not yet 2. did not 3. have not 4. not 5. 8th earthly branch: 1-3 p.m., 6th solar month (7th July-6th August), year of the Sheep 6. ancient Chinese compass point: 210° (HSK 7-9)
sǐ — 1. to die 2. impassable 3. uncrossable 4. inflexible 5. rigid 6. extremely 7. damned (HSK 3)
chóng — 1. to repeat 2. repetition 3. again 4. re- 5. classifier: layer (HSK 1)
山丘
shān qiū — hill

高会题诗最上头,姓名未死重山丘,

pray take this scroll of poems and cast it into the river's waters — surely it will not flow eastward with the current.

qǐng — 1. to ask 2. to invite 3. please (do sth) 4. to treat (to a meal etc) 5. to request (HSK 1)
jiāng — 1. will 2. shall 3. to use 4. to take 5. to checkmate 6. just a short while ago 7. (introduces object of main verb, used in the same way as 把 (bǎ)) (HSK 5)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
juǎn — 1. to roll up 2. (fig.) to sweep up; to engulf; to drag into (a situation) 3. (slang) to compete to an unhealthy degree; hypercompetitive 4. a roll 5. classifier for small rolled-up things (wad of paper money, movie reel etc) (HSK 4)
zhì — 1. to toss 2. to throw dice 3. Taiwan pr. (zhí)
江水
jiāng shuǐ — river water
dìng — 1. to fix; to set; to make definite 2. to subscribe to (a newspaper etc); to book (tickets etc); to order (goods etc) 3. to congeal; to coagulate 4. (literary) definitely (HSK 4)
bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
yú — variant of 歟 (yú) (HSK 6)
Jiāng — 1. surname Jiang 2. (bound form) Yangtze River 3. (bound form) Jiangsu Province (abbr. for 江蘇 (Jiāng sū)) (HSK 4)
Dōng — surname Dong (HSK 1)
Xiàng — surname Xiang (HSK 2)
liú — 1. to flow 2. to disseminate 3. to circulate or spread 4. to move or drift 5. to degenerate 6. to banish or send into exile 7. stream of water or sth resembling one 8. class, rate or grade (HSK 2)

请将诗卷掷江水,定不与江东向流。

Not many days later, this famous poem composed at the banquet at Taibai Tower was already being recited on the lips of gentlemen and ladies along both banks of the Yangtze.

bù — 1. no; not so 2. (bound form) not; un- (HSK 1)
duō — 1. many; much; more; a lot of 2. too many; in excess 3. (after a numeral) ... odd 4. how (to what extent) (Taiwan pr. (duó)) 5. (bound form) multi-; poly- (HSK 1)
jī — (literary) almost (HSK 1)
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
zhè — 1. (pronoun) this; these 2. (bound form) this; the (followed by a noun) 3. (bound form) this; these (followed by a classifier) (in this sense, commonly pr. (zhèi), esp. in Beijing) (HSK 1)
yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
shǒu — 1. head 2. chief 3. first (occasion, thing etc) 4. classifier for poems, songs etc (HSK 4)
太白
Tài bái — 1. Taibai County in Baoji 寶雞 (Bǎo jī), Shaanxi 2. Venus
Lóu — surname Lou (HSK 1)
huì — 1. can; to have the skill; to know how to 2. to be likely to; to be sure to 3. to meet; to get together 4. meeting; gathering 5. (suffix) union; group; association 6. (bound form) a moment (Taiwan pr. (huǐ)) (HSK 1)
yàn — 1. (bound form) to entertain at a banquet 2. (bound form) banquet; feast 3. (literary) peaceful; at ease
de — 1. of; ~'s (possessive particle) 2. (used after an attribute when it modifies a noun) 3. (used at the end of a declarative sentence for emphasis) 4. (used after a noun, verb or adjective to form a nominal expression, as in 皮革的 (pí gé de) "one made of leather" or 跑堂兒的 (pǎo táng r de) "a waiter (literally, one who runs back and forth in a restaurant)" or 新的 (xīn de) "new one") 5. also pr. (dì) or (di) in poetry and songs (HSK 1)
míng — 1. name 2. noun (part of speech) 3. place (e.g. among winners) 4. famous 5. classifier for people (HSK 2)
Shī — abbr. for Shijing 詩經 (Shī jīng), the Book of Songs (HSK 4)
jiù — 1. (after a suppositional clause) in that case; then 2. (after a clause of action) as soon as; immediately after 3. (same as 就是 (jiù shì)) merely; nothing else but; simply; just; precisely; exactly 4. only; as little as 5. as much as; as many as 6. to approach; to move towards 7. to undertake; to engage in 8. (often followed by 著 (zhe)) taking advantage of 9. (of food) to go with 10. with regard to; concerning 11. (bound form) to reach; to attain (as in 一蹴而就 (yī cù ér jiù)) 12. (pattern: 就 (jiù) ... 也 (yě) ...) even if ... still ... 13. (pattern: 不 (bù) ... 就 (jiù) ...) if not ... then must be ... (HSK 1)
xuān — 1. clamor 2. noise
chuán — 1. to pass on 2. to spread 3. to transmit 4. to infect 5. to transfer 6. to circulate 7. to conduct (electricity) (HSK 3)
zài — 1. to exist; to be alive 2. (of sb or sth) to be (located) at 3. (used before a verb to indicate an action in progress) (HSK 1)
長江
Cháng Jiāng — Yangtze River, or Chang Jiang
兩岸
liǎng àn — 1. bilateral 2. both shores 3. both sides 4. both coasts 5. Taiwan and mainland (HSK 5)
的士
dī shì — taxi (loanword)
女的
nǚ de — woman
kǒu — 1. mouth 2. classifier for things with mouths (people, domestic animals, cannons, wells etc) 3. classifier for bites or mouthfuls (HSK 1)
shǎng — used in 上聲 (shǎng shēng) (HSK 1)
le — 1. (completed action marker) 2. (modal particle indicating change of state, situation now) 3. (modal particle intensifying preceding clause) (HSK 1)

不多几日,这一首太白楼会宴的名诗,就喧传在长江两岸的士女的口上了。

Morning, November 20, 1922

yī — 1. one 2. single 3. a (article) 4. as soon as 5. entire; whole; all; throughout 6. "one" radical in Chinese characters (Kangxi radical 1) 7. also pr. (yāo) for greater clarity when spelling out numbers digit by digit (HSK 1)
jiǔ — 1. nine 2. 9 (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
èr — 1. two 2. 2 3. (Beijing dialect) stupid (HSK 1)
Nián — surname Nian (HSK 1)
十一月
Shí yī yuè — 1. November 2. eleventh month (of the lunar year)
二十
èr shí — twenty; 20
rì — 1. (bound form) sun 2. day 3. day of the month 4. (bound form) Japan (abbr. for 日本 (Rì běn)) 5. (vulgar) to fuck; to have sex with (HSK 1)
午前
wǔ qián — 1. morning 2. a.m.

Loading the interactive reader…

What it’s about

This is a historical story about the eighteenth-century poet 黃仲則 (Huang Jingren), not another disguised modern student. At twenty-three Huang is brilliant, poor, hypersensitive and incapable of hiding either pride or hurt. Under the patronage of the Anhui examiner 朱笥河 he lives at 壽春園, wanders alone, drinks beside 姑熟溪 and mutters poems to himself; servants and conventional scholars treat his intensity as madness or insolence. His friend 洪稚存 understands him better, but friendship cannot remove the humiliating dependence of a gifted young man on officials who can praise his verse and still leave him materially insecure. Yu builds the portrait from sudden reversals: Huang argues until his eyes blaze, weeps when someone agrees with him, then spends days in silence. The classical poet is made to feel strikingly like Yu's modern excluded intellectual.

The plot gathers around 朱笥河's spring gathering at Caishi, the Yangzi site associated with Li Bai. Scholars from the eight prefectures crowd the pavilions while Huang, thin after illness and slightly drunk, stands beside 洪稚存. When their host asks whether they have completed poems for the occasion, Hong jokes that he is still searching; Huang boasts that his is ready. Forced to prove it while 朱 himself grinds the ink, Huang writes the long 太白樓 poem on the spot. Its red clouds, opened feast, absent immortal and river carrying ancient sorrow transform a patron's entertainment into a meditation on literary fame and death. The final lines insist that the poem will not simply flow east and vanish; within days it is repeated on both banks of the river. That public triumph does not magically solve Huang's poverty or temperament. Instead, the story asks what survival a poem can offer when the poet's name may outlive him but patronage, examinations and social rank still govern the living man.

When it was written 背景

Yu dated 採石磯 20 November 1922, and it appeared during the Creation Society's early journal years before being gathered with his other fiction. Huang Jingren (1749–1783), commonly called 黃仲則, really was a gifted Qing poet who died young and poor; 朱笥河 and 洪稚存 were historical figures, and the climactic 太白樓 poem is Huang's own. Yu therefore uses documentation and quotation while shaping Huang into a predecessor for the modern writer who feels talent misrecognized by institutions. It is a mixed starting point for a learner. The narrative action and sharp character sketch are clear, and knowing the ending in advance helps, but official titles, place names, literary allusions and the long classical poem are far harder than Yu's vernacular dialogue. Read the prose first without stopping at every name, treat the poem as a change of register, and return to it only after the scene—boast, ink, improvisation, acclaim—is secure.

Words in this chapter 生词